2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki.txt* A Personal Wiki for Vim
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
__ __ ___ __ __ _ _ ___ ___ _ ___ ~
|
|
|
|
| | | || | | |_| || | _ | || | | | | || | ~
|
|
|
|
| |_| || | | || || || || | | |_| || | ~
|
|
|
|
| || | | || || | | _|| | ~
|
|
|
|
| || | | || || | | |_ | | ~
|
|
|
|
| | | | | ||_|| || _ || | | _ || | ~
|
|
|
|
|___| |___| |_| |_||__| |__||___| |___| |_||___| ~
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 23:09:58 +02:00
|
|
|
Version: 2.5
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
CONTENTS *vimwiki*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-24 22:45:21 +02:00
|
|
|
1. Intro |vimwiki-intro|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
2. Prerequisites |vimwiki-prerequisites|
|
|
|
|
3. Mappings |vimwiki-mappings|
|
|
|
|
3.1. Global mappings |vimwiki-global-mappings|
|
|
|
|
3.2. Local mappings |vimwiki-local-mappings|
|
|
|
|
3.3. Text objects |vimwiki-text-objects|
|
|
|
|
4. Commands |vimwiki-commands|
|
|
|
|
4.1. Global commands |vimwiki-global-commands|
|
|
|
|
4.2. Local commands |vimwiki-local-commands|
|
|
|
|
5. Wiki syntax |vimwiki-syntax|
|
|
|
|
5.1. Typefaces |vimwiki-syntax-typefaces|
|
|
|
|
5.2. Links |vimwiki-syntax-links|
|
|
|
|
5.3. Headers |vimwiki-syntax-headers|
|
|
|
|
5.4. Paragraphs |vimwiki-syntax-paragraphs|
|
|
|
|
5.5. Lists |vimwiki-syntax-lists|
|
|
|
|
5.6. Tables |vimwiki-syntax-tables|
|
|
|
|
5.7. Preformatted text |vimwiki-syntax-preformatted|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
5.8. Mathematical formulae |vimwiki-syntax-math|
|
|
|
|
5.9. Blockquotes |vimwiki-syntax-blockquotes|
|
|
|
|
5.10. Comments |vimwiki-syntax-comments|
|
|
|
|
5.11. Horizontal line |vimwiki-syntax-hr|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
5.12. Tags |vimwiki-syntax-tags|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
6. Folding/Outline |vimwiki-folding|
|
|
|
|
7. Placeholders |vimwiki-placeholders|
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
8. Lists |vimwiki-lists|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
9. Tables |vimwiki-tables|
|
|
|
|
10. Diary |vimwiki-diary|
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
11. Anchors |vimwiki-anchors|
|
|
|
|
12. Options |vimwiki-options|
|
|
|
|
12.1. Registered Wiki |vimwiki-register-wiki|
|
|
|
|
12.2. Temporary Wiki |vimwiki-temporary-wiki|
|
|
|
|
12.3. Per-Wiki Options |vimwiki-local-options|
|
|
|
|
12.4. Global Options |vimwiki-global-options|
|
2018-05-15 21:26:05 +02:00
|
|
|
13. Getting help |vimwiki-help|
|
|
|
|
14. Contributing & Bug reports |vimwiki-contributing|
|
|
|
|
15. Development |vimwiki-development|
|
|
|
|
16. Changelog |vimwiki-changelog|
|
|
|
|
17. License |vimwiki-license|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
1. Intro *vimwiki-intro*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 15:28:12 +02:00
|
|
|
Vimwiki makes it very easy for you create a personal wiki using the Vim text
|
|
|
|
editor. A wiki is a collection of text documents linked together and formatted
|
|
|
|
with wiki or markdown syntax that can be highlighted for readability using
|
|
|
|
Vim's syntax highlighting feature.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
With Vimwiki you can:
|
|
|
|
- organize notes and ideas
|
|
|
|
- manage todo-lists
|
|
|
|
- write documentation
|
|
|
|
- maintain a diary
|
2019-07-15 15:28:12 +02:00
|
|
|
- export your documents to HTML
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-06-29 08:35:34 +02:00
|
|
|
Getting started with Vimwiki is easy. Once installed, simply type `vim` into
|
2019-07-15 15:28:12 +02:00
|
|
|
your terminal to launch Vim and then type <Leader>ww (the <Leader> key is `\`
|
|
|
|
by default) to create or open the index wiki file, the "top" page in your
|
|
|
|
hierarchical collection of wiki pages. By default, this page will be located
|
|
|
|
at ~/vimwiki/index.wiki.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 15:28:12 +02:00
|
|
|
Now add the following example lines to the document:
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
= My knowledge base =
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
* Tasks -- things to be done _yesterday_!!!
|
|
|
|
* Project Gutenberg -- good books are power.
|
|
|
|
* Scratchpad -- various temporary stuff.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 15:28:12 +02:00
|
|
|
Next, move your cursor to the word 'Tasks' and press `Enter`. This will create
|
|
|
|
a Vimwiki link by surrounding 'Tasks' with double square brackets:
|
|
|
|
'[[Tasks]]'. Pressing `Enter` a second time will generate a new blank buffer
|
|
|
|
in Vim where you can input your tasks. After you add some tasks and save the
|
|
|
|
new file, you can hit `Backspace` to jump back to the index document.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 15:28:12 +02:00
|
|
|
A Vimwiki link can contain multiple words by entering Vim's "visual" mode (the
|
|
|
|
"v" key, by default) and selecting the words to be linked. Once selected,
|
|
|
|
press `Enter`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Try this now by selecting 'Project Gutenberg' in visual mode and hitting
|
|
|
|
`Enter`. The sample text should now look something like this:
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
= My knowledge base =
|
|
|
|
* [[Tasks]] -- things to be done _yesterday_!!!
|
|
|
|
* [[Project Gutenberg]] -- good books are power.
|
|
|
|
* Scratchpad -- various temporary stuff.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 15:28:12 +02:00
|
|
|
By continuing this way and creating sub pages with links to even more sub
|
|
|
|
pages, you can create an unlimited number of neatly structured, interconnected
|
|
|
|
documents to help you organize your notes, documenation, and tasks.
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
|
|
|
2. Prerequisites *vimwiki-prerequisites*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Make sure you have these settings in your vimrc file: >
|
|
|
|
set nocompatible
|
|
|
|
filetype plugin on
|
|
|
|
syntax on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Without them Vimwiki will not work properly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
|
|
|
3. Mappings *vimwiki-mappings*
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
There are global and local mappings in Vimwiki.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
3.1. Global mappings *vimwiki-global-mappings*
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
Below is a list of all default global key mappings provided by Vimwiki. As
|
|
|
|
global settings, they work in all vim sessions no matter what filetype you
|
|
|
|
have open. Vimwiki respects pre-existing global mappings created by you or
|
|
|
|
other plugins and will not overwrite them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a conflict exists between Vimwiki and pre-existing maps or if you wish to
|
|
|
|
customize these default mappings, you can remap them with: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
:nmap {map} <Plug>{command}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
`{map}` is the new key sequence of your choosing
|
|
|
|
`{command}` is the Vimwiki command you are remapping
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
So, for example, to remap the |:VimwikiIndex| mapping, you'd do something
|
|
|
|
like: >
|
|
|
|
:nmap <Leader>wx <Plug>VimwikiIndex
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that the recursive version of "map" command is needed to expand the right
|
|
|
|
hand side to retrieve the <Plug> definition. "noremap" will not work. <Plug> is
|
|
|
|
required and considered to be part of the command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also place remappings in your vimrc file, without the leading colon, of
|
|
|
|
course.
|
2019-04-27 05:17:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>ww*
|
|
|
|
[count]<Leader>ww
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Open index file of the [count]'s wiki.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-08-25 22:25:31 +02:00
|
|
|
<Leader>ww opens the first wiki from |g:vimwiki_list| if no wiki is
|
|
|
|
open. Otherwise the index of the currently active wiki is opened.
|
|
|
|
1<Leader>ww opens the first wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
2<Leader>ww opens the second wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
3<Leader>ww opens the third wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
etc.
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiIndex`
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
See also |:VimwikiIndex|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>wt*
|
|
|
|
[count]<Leader>wt
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Open index file of the [count]'s wiki in a new tab.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<Leader>wt tabopens the first wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
1<Leader>wt as above tabopens the first wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
2<Leader>wt tabopens the second wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
3<Leader>wt tabopens the third wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
etc.
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiTabIndex`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See also |:VimwikiTabIndex|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>ws*
|
|
|
|
<Leader>ws
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
List and select available wikis.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiUISelect`
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
See also |:VimwikiUISelect|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>wi*
|
|
|
|
[count]<Leader>wi
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Open diary index file of the [count]'s wiki.
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-31 03:12:56 +02:00
|
|
|
<Leader>wi opens diary index file of the current wiki.
|
|
|
|
1<Leader>wi opens diary index file of the first wiki from
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
2<Leader>wi opens diary index file of the second wiki from
|
|
|
|
|g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiDiaryIndex`
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
See also |:VimwikiDiaryIndex|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>w<Leader>w*
|
|
|
|
[count]<Leader>w<Leader>w
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Open diary wiki-file for today of the [count]'s wiki.
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-31 03:12:56 +02:00
|
|
|
<Leader>w<Leader>w opens diary wiki-file for today in the current wiki
|
|
|
|
1<Leader>w<Leader>w opens diary wiki-file for today in the first wiki
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
2<Leader>w<Leader>w opens diary wiki-file for today in the second wiki
|
|
|
|
from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
3<Leader>w<Leader>w opens diary wiki-file for today in the third wiki
|
|
|
|
from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiMakeDiaryNote`
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
See also |:VimwikiMakeDiaryNote|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>w<Leader>t*
|
|
|
|
[count]<Leader>w<Leader>t
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Open diary wiki-file for today of the [count]'s wiki in a new tab.
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-31 03:12:56 +02:00
|
|
|
<Leader>w<Leader>t tabopens diary wiki-file for today in the current
|
|
|
|
wiki
|
|
|
|
1<Leader>w<Leader>t tabopens diary wiki-file for today in the
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
first wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
2<Leader>w<Leader>t tabopens diary wiki-file for today in the second
|
|
|
|
wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
3<Leader>w<Leader>t tabopens diary wiki-file for today in the third
|
|
|
|
wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiTabMakeDiaryNote`
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
See also |:VimwikiTabMakeDiaryNote|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>w<Leader>y*
|
|
|
|
[count]<Leader>w<Leader>y
|
2015-10-28 23:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Open diary wiki-file for yesterday of the [count]'s wiki.
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-31 03:12:56 +02:00
|
|
|
<Leader>w<Leader>y opens diary wiki-file for yesterday in the current
|
|
|
|
wiki
|
|
|
|
1<Leader>w<Leader>y opens diary wiki-file for yesterday in the first
|
2015-10-28 23:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
2<Leader>w<Leader>y opens diary wiki-file for yesterday in the second
|
|
|
|
wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
3<Leader>w<Leader>y opens diary wiki-file for yesterday in the third
|
|
|
|
wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiMakeYesterdayDiaryNote`
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-28 23:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
See also |:VimwikiMakeYesterdayDiaryNote|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>w<Leader>m*
|
|
|
|
[count]<Leader>w<Leader>m
|
2018-04-04 01:48:24 +02:00
|
|
|
Open diary wiki-file for tomorrow of the [count]'s wiki.
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-31 03:12:56 +02:00
|
|
|
<Leader>w<Leader>m opens diary wiki-file for tomorrow in the current
|
|
|
|
wiki
|
|
|
|
1<Leader>w<Leader>m opens diary wiki-file for tomorrow in the first
|
2018-04-04 01:48:24 +02:00
|
|
|
wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
2<Leader>w<Leader>m opens diary wiki-file for tomorrow in the second
|
|
|
|
wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
3<Leader>w<Leader>m opens diary wiki-file for tomorrow in the third
|
|
|
|
wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiMakeTomorrowDiaryNote`
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-04 01:48:24 +02:00
|
|
|
See also |:VimwikiMakeTomorrowDiaryNote|
|
2015-10-28 23:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
3.2. Local mappings *vimwiki-local-mappings*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Below is a listing of all local key mappings provided by Vimwiki. As local
|
|
|
|
settings, they are available when |FileType| is set to "vimwiki". These
|
2020-05-24 23:49:10 +02:00
|
|
|
mappings may overwrite pre-existing mappings, but they can be remapped or
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
disabled (see |g:vimwiki_key_mappings|).
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
To remap commands that begin with <Plug>, you should do the following:
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
:{mode}map {map} <Plug>{command}
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
For commands that do not begin with <Plug>, do:
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
:{mode}noremap {map} {command}
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
`{mode}` is set to `n` for "normal" mode, `v` for "visual", and `i` for "insert"
|
|
|
|
`{map}` is the new key sequence of your choosing
|
|
|
|
`{command}` is the Vimwiki command you are remapping
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples: >
|
|
|
|
:nmap <Leader>tl <Plug>VimwikiToggleListItem
|
|
|
|
:vmap <Leader>tl <Plug>VimwikiToggleListItem
|
|
|
|
:nnoremap glo :VimwikiChangeSymbolTo a)<CR>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The first two lines remap "\tl" to the |:VimwikiToggleListItem| command in both
|
|
|
|
normal and visual modes. |<Leader>| is set to "\" by default. Use `:echo mapleader`
|
|
|
|
to determine if it is set to another value. The third map listed
|
|
|
|
above, which does not contain <Plug>, maps directly to an |Ex| mode command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that |map| is needed for commands beginning with <Plug>. This recursive
|
|
|
|
version of the "map" command is needed to expand the right hand side to retrieve
|
|
|
|
the <Plug> definition. "noremap" will not work. <Plug> is required and
|
|
|
|
considered to be part of the command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is recommended that you place your local mappings into a file at
|
|
|
|
ftplugin/vimwiki.vim within your .vim configuration directory. Create this file
|
|
|
|
if it doesn't already exist. Or, if you prefer, you can set up a FileType
|
|
|
|
|autocmd| in your vimrc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: it may be desirable to add `<silent> <buffer>` to mapped commands but
|
|
|
|
this should only be done if the mappings are placed in ftplugin or in
|
|
|
|
a Filetype based autocommand. See the Vim help for a description of these
|
|
|
|
options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MAP MODE
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>wh*
|
|
|
|
<Leader>wh n Convert current wiki page to HTML.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:Vimwiki2HTML|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>Vimwiki2HTML`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>whh*
|
|
|
|
<Leader>whh n Convert current wiki page to HTML and open it in the
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
webbrowser.
|
2014-02-04 10:34:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:Vimwiki2HTMLBrowse|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>Vimwiki2HTMLBrowse`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>w<Leader>i*
|
|
|
|
<Leader>w<Leader>i n Update diary section (delete old, insert new)
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Only works from the diary index.
|
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiDiaryGenerateLinks|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiDiaryGenerateLinks`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<CR>*
|
|
|
|
<CR> n Follow/create wiki link (create target wiki page if
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
needed).
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiFollowLink|.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiFollowLink`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<S-CR>*
|
|
|
|
<S-CR> n Split and follow (create target wiki page if needed).
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
May not work in some terminals. Remapping could help.
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiSplitLink|.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiSplitLink`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<C-CR>*
|
|
|
|
<C-CR> n Vertical split and follow (create target wiki page if
|
|
|
|
needed). May not work in some terminals. Remapping
|
|
|
|
could help.
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiVSplitLink|.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiVSplitLink`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<C-S-CR>* *vimwiki_<D-CR>*
|
|
|
|
<C-S-CR>, <D-CR> n Follow wiki link (create target wiki page if needed),
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
opening in a new tab.
|
|
|
|
May not work in some terminals. Remapping could help.
|
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiTabnewLink|.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiTabnewLink`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Backspace>*
|
|
|
|
<Backspace> n Go back to previously visited wiki page.
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiGoBackLink|.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiGoBackLink`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Tab>*
|
|
|
|
<Tab> n Find next link in the current page.
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiNextLink|.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiNextLink`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<S-Tab>*
|
|
|
|
<S-Tab> n Find previous link in the current page.
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiPrevLink|.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiPrevLink`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>wn*
|
|
|
|
<Leader>wn n Goto or create new wiki page.
|
2019-04-16 01:35:44 +02:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiGoto|.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiGoto`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>wd*
|
|
|
|
<Leader>wd n Delete wiki page you are in.
|
2020-05-24 23:49:28 +02:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiDeleteFile|.
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiDeleteFile`
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<Leader>wr*
|
|
|
|
<Leader>wr n Rename wiki page you are in.
|
2020-05-24 23:49:28 +02:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiRenameFile|.
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiRenameFile`
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_=*
|
|
|
|
= n Add header level. Create if needed.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
There is nothing to indent with '==' command in
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Vimwiki, so it should be ok to use '=' here.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiAddHeaderLevel`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_-*
|
|
|
|
- n Remove header level.
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiRemoveHeaderLevel`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_[[*
|
|
|
|
[[ n Go to the previous header in the buffer.
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiGoToPrevHeader`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_]]*
|
|
|
|
]] n Go to the next header in the buffer.
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiGoToNextHeader`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_[=*
|
|
|
|
[= n Go to the previous header which has the same level as
|
2018-04-06 21:11:40 +02:00
|
|
|
the header the cursor is currently under.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiGoToPrevSiblingHeader`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_]=*
|
|
|
|
]= n Go to the next header which has the same level as the
|
2018-04-06 21:11:40 +02:00
|
|
|
header the cursor is currently under.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiGoToNextSiblingHeader`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_]u* *vimwiki_[u*
|
|
|
|
]u [u n Go one level up -- that is, to the parent header of
|
2018-04-06 21:11:40 +02:00
|
|
|
the header the cursor is currently under.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiGoToParentHeader`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_+*
|
|
|
|
+ n v Create and/or decorate links. Depending on the
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
context, this command will: convert words into
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
wikilinks; convert raw URLs into wikilinks; and add
|
|
|
|
placeholder description text to wiki- or weblinks that
|
|
|
|
are missing descriptions. Can be activated in normal
|
|
|
|
mode with the cursor over a word or link, or in visual
|
|
|
|
mode with the selected text.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap commands:
|
|
|
|
`<Plug>VimwikiNormalizeLink` (normal mode)
|
|
|
|
`<Plug>VimwikiNormalizeLinkVisual` (visual mode)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<C-Space>*
|
|
|
|
<C-Space> n Toggle checkbox of a list item on/off.
|
2014-02-04 10:40:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiToggleListItem|.
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-todo-lists|.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiToggleListItem`
|
2019-04-27 05:17:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki_gnt*
|
|
|
|
gnt n Find next unfinished task in the current page.
|
2019-04-27 05:17:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiNextTask|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiNextTask`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_gl<Space>* *vimwiki_gL<Space>*
|
|
|
|
gl<Space> n Remove checkbox from list item.
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiRemoveSingleCB`
|
2013-07-11 17:04:18 +02:00
|
|
|
gL<Space> Remove checkboxes from all sibling list items.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiRemoveCBInList`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_gln* *vimwiki_glp*
|
|
|
|
gln n v Increase the "done" status of a list checkbox, i.e.
|
2018-02-17 21:05:06 +01:00
|
|
|
from [ ] to [.] to [o] etc. See |vimwiki-todo-lists|.
|
|
|
|
glp Decrease the "done" status.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiIncrementListItem`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_gll* *vimwiki_gLl*
|
|
|
|
gll n Increase the level of a list item.
|
|
|
|
Remap commnad: `<Plug>VimwikiIncreaseLvlSingleItem`
|
2013-07-14 20:16:16 +02:00
|
|
|
gLl Increase the level of a list item and all child items.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiIncreaseLvlWholeItem`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_glh* *vimwiki_gLh*
|
|
|
|
glh n Decrease the level of a list item.
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiDecreaseLvlSingleItem`
|
2013-07-14 20:16:16 +02:00
|
|
|
gLh Decrease the level of a list item and all child items.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiDecreaseLvlWholeItem`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_glr* *vimwiki_gLr*
|
|
|
|
glr n Renumber list items if the cursor is on a numbered
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
list item.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiRenumberList`
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
gLr Renumber list items in all numbered lists in the whole
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
file. Also readjust checkboxes.
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiRenumberAllLists`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_glstar* *vimwiki_gLstar*
|
|
|
|
gl* n Make a list item out of a normal line or change the
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
symbol of the current item to *.
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
gL* Change the symbol of the current list to *.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolTo *<CR>`
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
noremap glO :VimwikiChangeSymbolInListTo *<CR>
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_gl#* *vimwiki_gL#*
|
|
|
|
gl# n Make a list item out of a normal line or change the
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
symbol of the current item to #.
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
gL# Change the symbol of the current list to #.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolTo #<CR>`
|
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolInListTo #<CR>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_gl-* *vimwiki_gL-*
|
|
|
|
gl- n Make a list item out of a normal line or change the
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
symbol of the current item to -.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolTo -<CR>`
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
gL- Change the symbol of the current list to -.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolInListTo -<CR>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_gl1* *vimwiki_gL1*
|
|
|
|
gl1 n Make a list item out of a normal line or change the
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
symbol of the current item to 1., the numbering is
|
|
|
|
adjusted according to the surrounding list items.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolTo 1.<CR>`
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
gL1 Change the symbol of the current list to 1. 2. 3. ...
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolInListTo 1.<CR>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_gla* *vimwiki_gLa*
|
|
|
|
gla n Make a list item out of a normal line or change the
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
symbol of the current item to a), the numbering is
|
|
|
|
adjusted according to the surrounding list items.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolTo a)<CR>`
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
gLa Change the symbol of the current list to a) b) c) ...
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolInListTo a)<CR>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_glA* *vimwiki_gLA*
|
|
|
|
glA n Make a list item out of a normal line or change the
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
symbol of the current item to A), the numbering is
|
|
|
|
adjusted according to the surrounding list items.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolTo A)<CR>`
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
gLA Change the symbol of the current list to A) B) C) ...
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolInListTo A)<CR>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_gli* *vimwiki_gLi*
|
|
|
|
gli n Make a list item out of a normal line or change the
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
symbol of the current item to i), the numbering is
|
|
|
|
adjusted according to the surrounding list items.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolTo i)<CR>`
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
gLi Change the symbol of the current list to
|
|
|
|
i) ii) iii) ...
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolInListTo i)<CR>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_glI* *vimwiki_gLI*
|
|
|
|
glI n Make a list item out of a normal line or change the
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
symbol of the current item to I), the numbering is
|
|
|
|
adjusted according to the surrounding list items.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolTo I)<CR>`
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
gLI Change the symbol of the current list to
|
|
|
|
I) II) III) ...
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `:VimwikiChangeSymbolInListTo I)<CR>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_glx*
|
|
|
|
glx n Toggle checkbox of a list item disabled/off.
|
2018-02-19 07:07:22 +01:00
|
|
|
Maps to |:VimwikiToggleRejectedListItem|.
|
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-todo-lists|.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiToggleRejectedListItem`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_gqq* *vimwiki_gww*
|
|
|
|
gqq n Reformats table after making changes.
|
|
|
|
or Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiTableAlignQ`
|
|
|
|
gww Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiTableAlignW`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_gq1* *vimwiki_gw1*
|
|
|
|
gq1 n Fast format table. The same as the previous, except
|
2019-03-14 12:44:08 +01:00
|
|
|
or that only a few lines above the current line are
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
tested. If the alignment of the current line differs,
|
2019-03-14 12:44:08 +01:00
|
|
|
then the whole table gets reformatted.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiTableAlignQ1`
|
|
|
|
gw1 Remap command:`<Plug>VimwikiTableAlignW1`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<A-Left>*
|
|
|
|
<A-Left> n Move current table column to the left.
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
See |:VimwikiTableMoveColumnLeft|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiTableMoveColumnLeft`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<A-Right>*
|
|
|
|
<A-Right> n Move current table column to the right.
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
See |:VimwikiTableMoveColumnRight|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiTableMoveColumnRight`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<C-Up>*
|
|
|
|
<C-Up> n Open the previous day's diary link if available.
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
See |:VimwikiDiaryPrevDay|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiDiaryPrevDay`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_<C-Down>*
|
|
|
|
<C-Down> n Open the next day's diary link if available.
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
See |:VimwikiDiaryNextDay|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiDiaryNextDay`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mouse mappings *vimwiki_mouse*
|
2019-04-27 05:17:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These mappings are disabled by default.
|
|
|
|
See |g:vimwiki_key_mappings| to enable.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<2-LeftMouse> Follow wiki link (create target wiki page if needed).
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<S-2-LeftMouse> Split and follow wiki link (create target wiki page if
|
|
|
|
needed).
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<C-2-LeftMouse> Vertical split and follow wiki link (create target
|
|
|
|
wiki page if needed).
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<RightMouse><LeftMouse> Go back to previous wiki page.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: <2-LeftMouse> is just left double click.
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
TABLE MAPPINGS, INSERT MODE *vimwiki-table-mappings*
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_i_<CR>_table*
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<CR> Go to the table cell beneath the current one, create
|
|
|
|
a new row if on the last one.
|
2013-07-14 20:16:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki_i_<Tab>_table*
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<Tab> Go to the next table cell, create a new row if on the
|
|
|
|
last cell.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
LIST MAPPINGS, INSERT MODE *vimwiki-list-mappings*
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_i_<CR>*
|
2013-07-14 20:16:16 +02:00
|
|
|
<CR> In a list item, insert a new bullet or number in the
|
|
|
|
next line, numbers are incremented.
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
In an empty list item, delete the item symbol. This is
|
|
|
|
useful to end a list, simply press <CR> twice.
|
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-lists| for details and for how to
|
|
|
|
configure the behavior.
|
2013-07-14 20:16:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki_i_<S-CR>*
|
2013-07-14 20:16:16 +02:00
|
|
|
<S-CR> Does not insert a new list item, useful to create
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
multilined list items. See |vimwiki-lists| for
|
|
|
|
details and for how to configure the behavior. The
|
|
|
|
default map may not work in all terminals and may
|
|
|
|
need to be remapped.
|
2013-07-14 20:16:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki_i_<C-T>*
|
2013-07-14 20:16:16 +02:00
|
|
|
<C-T> Increase the level of a list item.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiIncreaseLvlSingleItem`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_i_<C-D>*
|
2013-07-14 20:16:16 +02:00
|
|
|
<C-D> Decrease the level of a list item.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiDecreaseLvlSingleItem`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_i_<C-L>_<C-J>*
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
<C-L><C-J> Change the symbol of the current list item to the next
|
2014-07-30 21:26:07 +02:00
|
|
|
available. From - to 1. to * to I) to a).
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiListNextSymbol`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_i_<C-L>_<C-K>*
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
<C-L><C-K> Change the symbol of the current list item to the prev
|
2014-07-30 21:26:07 +02:00
|
|
|
available. From - to a) to I) to * to 1.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiListPrevSymbol`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki_i_<C-L>_<C-M>*
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
<C-L><C-M> Create/remove a symbol from a list item.
|
2019-07-15 16:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Remap command: `<Plug>VimwikiListToggle`
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
3.3. Text objects *vimwiki-text-objects*
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-06 09:49:18 +02:00
|
|
|
ah A header including its content up to the next header.
|
|
|
|
ih The content under a header (like 'ah', but excluding
|
|
|
|
the header itself and trailing empty lines).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
aH A header including all of its subheaders. When [count]
|
|
|
|
is 2, include the parent header, when [count] is 3,
|
|
|
|
the grandparent and so on.
|
|
|
|
iH Like 'aH', but excluding the header itself and
|
|
|
|
trailing empty lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
- type 'cih' to change the content under the current header
|
|
|
|
- 'daH' deletes an entire header plus its content including the content of all
|
|
|
|
of its subheaders
|
|
|
|
- 'v2aH' selects the parent header of the header the cursor is under plus all
|
|
|
|
of the content of all of its subheaders
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
a\ A cell in a table.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
i\ An inner cell in a table.
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
ac A column in a table.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
ic An inner column in a table.
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
al A list item plus its children.
|
2013-10-30 10:53:34 +01:00
|
|
|
il A single list item.
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-27 05:17:35 +02:00
|
|
|
These key mappings can be modified by replacing the default keys: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
omap ah <Plug>VimwikiTextObjHeader
|
|
|
|
vmap ah <Plug>VimwikiTextObjHeaderV
|
|
|
|
omap ih <Plug>VimwikiTextObjHeaderContent
|
|
|
|
vmap ih <Plug>VimwikiTextObjHeaderContentV
|
|
|
|
omap aH <Plug>VimwikiTextObjHeaderSub
|
|
|
|
vmap aH <Plug>VimwikiTextObjHeaderSubV
|
|
|
|
omap iH <Plug>VimwikiTextObjHeaderSubContent
|
|
|
|
vmap iH <Plug>VimwikiTextObjHeaderSubContentV
|
|
|
|
omap a\ <Plug>VimwikiTextObjTableCell
|
|
|
|
vmap a\ <Plug>VimwikiTextObjTableCellV
|
|
|
|
omap i\ <Plug>VimwikiTextObjTableCellInner
|
|
|
|
vmap i\ <Plug>VimwikiTextObjTableCellInnerV
|
|
|
|
omap ac <Plug>VimwikiTextObjColumn
|
|
|
|
vmap ac <Plug>VimwikiTextObjColumnV
|
|
|
|
omap ic <Plug>VimwikiTextObjColumnInner
|
|
|
|
vmap ic <Plug>VimwikiTextObjColumnInnerV
|
|
|
|
omap al <Plug>VimwikiTextObjListChildren
|
|
|
|
vmap al <Plug>VimwikiTextObjListChildrenV
|
|
|
|
omap il <Plug>VimwikiTextObjListSingle
|
|
|
|
vmap il <Plug>VimwikiTextObjListSingleV
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
|
|
|
4. Commands *vimwiki-commands*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
4.1. Global Commands *vimwiki-global-commands*
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-31 03:12:56 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiIndex* [count]
|
|
|
|
Open index file of the current wiki. If a [count] is given the
|
|
|
|
corresponding wiki from |g:vimwiki_list| is opened instead.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-31 03:12:56 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiTabIndex* [count]
|
|
|
|
Open index file of the current wiki in a new tab. If a [count] is given
|
|
|
|
the corresponding wiki from |g:vimwiki_list| is opened instead.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*:VimwikiUISelect*
|
2019-03-31 03:12:56 +02:00
|
|
|
Displays a list of registered wikis and opens the index file of the
|
|
|
|
selected wiki.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-31 03:12:56 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiDiaryIndex* [count]
|
|
|
|
Open diary index file of the current wiki. If a [count] is given the
|
|
|
|
corresponding wiki from |g:vimwiki_list| is opened instead.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-31 03:12:56 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiMakeDiaryNote* [count]
|
|
|
|
Open diary wiki-file for today of the current wiki. If a [count] is given
|
|
|
|
a diary wiki-file for the corresponding wiki from |g:vimwiki_list| is
|
|
|
|
opened instead.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-31 03:12:56 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiTabMakeDiaryNote* [count]
|
|
|
|
Open diary wiki-file for today of the current wiki in a new tab. If
|
|
|
|
a [count] is given a diary wiki-file for the corresponding wiki from
|
|
|
|
|g:vimwiki_list| is opened instead.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-31 03:12:56 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiMakeYesterdayDiaryNote* [count]
|
|
|
|
Open diary wiki-file for yesterday of the current wiki. If a [count] is
|
|
|
|
given a diary wiki-file for the corresponding wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|
|
|
|
|
is opened instead.
|
2015-10-28 23:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-31 03:12:56 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiMakeTomorrowDiaryNote* [count]
|
|
|
|
Open diary wiki-file for tomorrow of the current wiki. If a [count] is
|
|
|
|
given a diary wiki-file for the corresponding wiki from |g:vimwiki_list|
|
|
|
|
is opened instead.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
4.2. Local commands *vimwiki-local-commands*
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-16 17:47:32 +01:00
|
|
|
These commands are only available (and meaningful) when you are currently in a
|
|
|
|
Vimwiki file.
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiFollowLink*
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Follow wiki link (or create target wiki page if needed).
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiGoBackLink*
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Go back to the wiki page you came from.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-26 21:38:55 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiSplitLink* [reuse] [move_cursor]
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Split and follow wiki link (create target wiki page if needed).
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-26 21:38:55 +02:00
|
|
|
If the argument 'reuse' is given and nonzero, the link is opened in a
|
|
|
|
possibly existing split window instead of making a new split.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If 'move_cursor' is given and nonzero, the cursor moves to the window with
|
|
|
|
the opened link, otherwise, it stays in the window with the link.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*:VimwikiVSplitLink* [reuse] [move_cursor]
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Vertical split and follow wiki link (create target wiki page if needed).
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-26 21:38:55 +02:00
|
|
|
If the argument 'reuse' is given and nonzero, the link is opened in a
|
|
|
|
possibly existing split window instead of making a new split.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If 'move_cursor' is given and nonzero, the cursor moves to the window with
|
|
|
|
the opened link, otherwise, it stays in the window with the link.
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiTabnewLink*
|
|
|
|
Follow wiki link in a new tab (create target wiki page if needed).
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiNextLink*
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Find next link on the current page.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiPrevLink*
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Find previous link on the current page.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiGoto*
|
|
|
|
Goto link provided by an argument. For example: >
|
|
|
|
:VimwikiGoto HelloWorld
|
2018-08-31 15:05:42 +02:00
|
|
|
< opens/creates HelloWorld wiki page.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-04-16 01:35:44 +02:00
|
|
|
Supports |cmdline-completion| for link name. If name is not specified, a
|
|
|
|
prompt will be shown.
|
2014-11-10 21:04:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-05-24 23:49:28 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiDeleteFile*
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Delete the wiki page you are in.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-05-24 23:49:28 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiRenameFile*
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Rename the wiki page you are in.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-06-08 14:31:35 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiRemoveDone*
|
|
|
|
With range: Remove all lines that have a checked |vimwiki-todo-lists| checkbox
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise:
|
|
|
|
Remove all lines in the current todo-list that have a checked box. This is
|
|
|
|
applied to the list in which the cursor is in, as well as all its sublists.
|
|
|
|
The status of parents is updated accordingly.
|
|
|
|
If you want to remove only items of the current nesting level, (re)define
|
|
|
|
a command that calls the same function with `0` as first argument: >
|
2020-07-25 09:40:50 +02:00
|
|
|
:command! -buffer -range VimwikiRemoveDone call
|
2020-06-08 14:31:35 +02:00
|
|
|
\ vimwiki#lst#remove_done(0, "<range>", <line1>, <line2>)
|
|
|
|
<
|
2019-02-28 04:45:39 +01:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiNextTask*
|
|
|
|
Jump to the next unfinished task in the current wiki page.
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
*:Vimwiki2HTML*
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Convert current wiki page to HTML using Vimwiki's own converter or a
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
user-supplied script (see |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html|).
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*:Vimwiki2HTMLBrowse*
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Convert current wiki page to HTML and open it in the webbrowser.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-20 16:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiAll2HTML[!]*
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Convert all wiki pages to HTML.
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Default CSS file (style.css) is created if there is no one.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-20 16:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
By default, only converts wiki pages which have not already been
|
|
|
|
converted or have been modified since their last conversion. With !,
|
|
|
|
convert all pages, regardless of whether or not they are out-of-date.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-05 17:54:46 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiRss*
|
|
|
|
Generate an RSS feed for the latest diary entries.
|
|
|
|
|
2014-02-04 10:40:14 +01:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiToggleListItem*
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Toggle checkbox of a list item on/off.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-todo-lists|.
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-19 07:07:22 +01:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiToggleRejectedListItem*
|
|
|
|
Toggle checkbox of a list item disabled/off.
|
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-todo-lists|.
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiListChangeLevel* CMD
|
|
|
|
Change the nesting level, or symbol, for a single-line list item.
|
|
|
|
CMD may be ">>" or "<<" to change the indentation of the item, or
|
|
|
|
one of the syntax-specific bullets: "*", "#", "1.", "-".
|
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-todo-lists|.
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiSearch* /pattern/
|
|
|
|
*:VWS* /pattern/
|
2010-09-03 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Search for /pattern/ in all files of current wiki.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
To display all matches use |:lopen| command.
|
|
|
|
To display next match use |:lnext| command.
|
|
|
|
To display previous match use |:lprevious| command.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-05-16 20:14:36 +02:00
|
|
|
Hint: this feature is simply a wrapper around |:lvimgrep|. For a
|
2019-10-13 00:31:43 +02:00
|
|
|
complete description of the search pattern format, see |:vimgrep|.
|
2020-05-24 23:49:10 +02:00
|
|
|
For example, to perform a case-insensitive search, use >
|
2018-05-16 20:14:36 +02:00
|
|
|
:VWS /\cpattern/
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiBacklinks*
|
|
|
|
*:VWB*
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Search for wikilinks to the current wiki page in all files of current
|
|
|
|
wiki.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
To display all matches use |:lopen| command.
|
|
|
|
To display next match use |:lnext| command.
|
|
|
|
To display previous match use |:lprevious| command.
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiTable*
|
|
|
|
Create a table with 5 cols and 2 rows.
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
:VimwikiTable cols rows
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Create a table with the given cols and rows
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
:VimwikiTable cols
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Create a table with the given cols and 2 rows
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiTableMoveColumnLeft* , *:VimwikiTableMoveColumnRight*
|
|
|
|
Move current column to the left or to the right:
|
|
|
|
Example: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| head1 | head2 | head3 | head4 | head5 |
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|--------|--------|--------|--------|--------|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
| value1 | value2 | value3 | value4 | value5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cursor is on 'head1'.
|
|
|
|
:VimwikiTableMoveColumnRight
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| head2 | head1 | head3 | head4 | head5 |
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|--------|--------|--------|--------|--------|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
| value2 | value1 | value3 | value4 | value5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cursor is on 'head3'.
|
|
|
|
:VimwikiTableMoveColumnLeft
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| head2 | head3 | head1 | head4 | head5 |
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|--------|--------|--------|--------|--------|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
| value2 | value3 | value1 | value4 | value5 |
|
|
|
|
<
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Commands are mapped to <A-Left> and <A-Right> respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-17 19:14:08 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiGenerateLinks* [pattern]
|
2020-05-18 16:03:51 +02:00
|
|
|
Insert a list of links to all available wiki files into the current buffer.
|
2020-05-17 19:14:08 +02:00
|
|
|
If an optional 'pattern' is given as argument, the files will be searched
|
|
|
|
in the wiki root folder according to the 'pattern' as |globpath|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiDiaryGenerateLinks*
|
|
|
|
Delete old, insert new diary section into diary index file.
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiDiaryNextDay*
|
|
|
|
Open next day diary link if available.
|
|
|
|
Mapped to <C-Down>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*:VimwikiDiaryPrevDay*
|
|
|
|
Open previous day diary link if available.
|
|
|
|
Mapped to <C-Up>.
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiTOC*
|
|
|
|
Create or update the Table of Contents for the current wiki file.
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-toc|.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-12-04 21:18:58 +01:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiCheckLinks*
|
|
|
|
Search through all wiki files and check if the targets of all wiki links
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
and links to external files actually exist. Check also if all wiki files
|
|
|
|
are reachable from the index file. The results are shown in the quickfix
|
2014-12-04 21:18:58 +01:00
|
|
|
window.
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-06 20:30:28 +01:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiRebuildTags*
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Rebuilds the tags metadata file for all wiki files newer than the metadata
|
|
|
|
file.
|
2015-11-11 13:18:09 +01:00
|
|
|
Necessary for all tags related commands: |vimwiki-syntax-tags|.
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
:VimwikiRebuildTags! does the same for all files.
|
2015-01-06 20:30:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-01-06 20:44:41 +01:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiSearchTags*
|
|
|
|
Searches over the pages in current wiki and finds all locations of a given
|
|
|
|
tag. Supports |cmdline-completion|.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-03 04:53:48 +01:00
|
|
|
*:VimwikiGenerateTagLinks* tagname1 tagname2 ...
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Creates or updates an overview on all tags of the wiki with links to all
|
2018-02-16 18:11:49 +01:00
|
|
|
their instances. Supports |cmdline-completion|. If no arguments (tags)
|
|
|
|
are specified, outputs all tags. To make this command work properly, make
|
|
|
|
sure the tags have been built (see |vimwiki-build-tags|).
|
2015-01-06 21:13:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
|
|
|
5. Wiki syntax *vimwiki-syntax*
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
There are a lot of different wikis out there. Most of them have their own
|
|
|
|
syntax and Vimwiki is not an exception here.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Vimwiki has evolved its own syntax that closely resembles Google's wiki
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
markup. This syntax is described in detail below.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Vimwiki also supports alternative syntaxes, like Markdown and MediaWiki, to
|
|
|
|
varying degrees; see |vimwiki-option-syntax|. Static elements like headers,
|
|
|
|
quotations, and lists are customized in syntax/vimwiki_xxx.vim, where xxx
|
|
|
|
stands for the chosen syntax.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Interactive elements such as links and Vimwiki commands are supported by
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
definitions and routines in syntax/vimwiki_xxx_custom.vim and
|
|
|
|
autoload/vimwiki/xxx_base.vim. Currently, only Markdown includes this level
|
|
|
|
of support.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vimwiki2HTML is currently functional only for the default syntax.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
5.1. Typefaces *vimwiki-syntax-typefaces*
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
There are a few typefaces that give you a bit of control over how your text
|
|
|
|
is decorated: >
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
*bold text*
|
|
|
|
_italic text_
|
2019-03-30 21:22:12 +01:00
|
|
|
_*bold italic text*_
|
|
|
|
*_bold italic text _*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
~~strikeout text~~
|
|
|
|
`code (no syntax) text`
|
|
|
|
super^script^
|
|
|
|
sub,,script,,
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-15 13:12:35 +01:00
|
|
|
For Markdown syntax these variations are used: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**bold text** or __bold text__
|
|
|
|
*italic text* or _italic text_
|
|
|
|
***bold_italic text*** or ___italic_bold text___
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-05 14:00:18 +02:00
|
|
|
Furthermore, there are a number of words which are highlighted extra flashy:
|
|
|
|
TODO, DONE, STARTED, FIXME, FIXED, XXX.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-17 22:50:56 +01:00
|
|
|
When rendered as HTML, code blocks containing only a hash prefixed 6 digit hex
|
|
|
|
number will be colored as themselves. For example >
|
|
|
|
`#ffe119`
|
|
|
|
Becomes >
|
|
|
|
<code style='background-color:#ffe119;color:black;'>#ffe119</code>
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
5.2. Links *vimwiki-syntax-links*
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Wikilinks~
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Plain link: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
[[This is a link]]
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
With description: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
[[This is a link source|Description of the link]]
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-09 14:48:26 +02:00
|
|
|
Wiki files don't need to be in the root directory of your wiki, you can put
|
|
|
|
them in subdirectories as well: >
|
2020-01-27 02:39:03 +01:00
|
|
|
[[projects/Important Project 1]]
|
2015-04-09 14:48:26 +02:00
|
|
|
To jump from that file back to the index file, use this link: >
|
2020-01-27 02:39:03 +01:00
|
|
|
[[../index]]
|
2015-04-09 14:48:26 +02:00
|
|
|
or: >
|
2020-01-27 02:39:03 +01:00
|
|
|
[[/index]]
|
2015-04-29 14:59:10 +02:00
|
|
|
The latter works because wiki links starting with "/" are considered to be
|
2015-04-09 14:48:26 +02:00
|
|
|
absolute to the wiki root directory, that is, the link [[/index]] always opens
|
|
|
|
the file /path/to/your/wiki/index.wiki, no matter in which subdirectory you
|
|
|
|
are currently in.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-01-27 02:39:03 +01:00
|
|
|
If you want an absolute path in your local box you can prefix the path
|
|
|
|
with // >
|
|
|
|
[[//absolute_path]]
|
|
|
|
For example: >
|
|
|
|
[[///tmp/in_root_tmp]]
|
|
|
|
[[//~/in_home_dir]]
|
|
|
|
[[//$HOME/in_home_dir]]
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-13 11:10:25 +02:00
|
|
|
Links to subdirectories inside the wiki directory are also supported. They
|
|
|
|
end with a "/": >
|
2015-04-09 14:48:26 +02:00
|
|
|
[[a subdirectory/|Other files]]
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
Use |g:vimwiki_dir_link| to control the behavior when opening directories.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-09 14:48:26 +02:00
|
|
|
Typing wikilinks can be simplified by using Vim's omni completion (see
|
|
|
|
|compl-omni|) like so: >
|
|
|
|
[[ind<C-X><C-O>
|
|
|
|
which opens up a popup menu with all the wiki files starting with "ind".
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
When |vimwiki-option-maxhi| equals 1, a distinct highlighting style is used to
|
|
|
|
identify wikilinks whose targets are not found.
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-15 18:38:39 +01:00
|
|
|
Interwiki~
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
If you maintain more than one wiki, you can create interwiki links between
|
|
|
|
them by adding a numbered prefix "wikiX:" in front of a link: >
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
[[wiki1:This is a link]]
|
|
|
|
or: >
|
|
|
|
[[wiki1:This is a link source|Description of the link]]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The number behind "wiki" is in the range 0..N-1 and identifies the destination
|
|
|
|
wiki in |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-21 21:05:01 +02:00
|
|
|
Named interwiki links are also supported in the format "wn.name:link" >
|
|
|
|
[[wn.My Name:This is a link]]
|
|
|
|
or: >
|
|
|
|
[[wn.MyWiki:This is a link source|Description of the link]]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-option-name| to set a per wiki name.
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-15 18:38:39 +01:00
|
|
|
Diary~
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-02-15 18:38:39 +01:00
|
|
|
The "diary:" scheme is used to link to diary entries: >
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
[[diary:2012-03-05]]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anchors~
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A wikilink, interwiki link or diary link can be followed by a '#' and the name
|
|
|
|
of an anchor. When opening a link, the cursor jumps to the anchor. >
|
|
|
|
[[Todo List#Tomorrow|Tasks for tomorrow]]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To jump inside the current wiki file you can omit the file: >
|
|
|
|
[[#Tomorrow]]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-anchors| for how to set an anchor.
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Raw URLs~
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Raw URLs are also supported: >
|
2015-06-26 20:47:28 +02:00
|
|
|
https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki.git
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
mailto:habamax@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
ftp://vim.org
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-29 14:59:10 +02:00
|
|
|
External files~
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-16 17:47:32 +01:00
|
|
|
The "file:" and "local:" schemes allow you to directly link to arbitrary
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
resources using absolute or relative paths: >
|
|
|
|
[[file:/home/somebody/a/b/c/music.mp3]]
|
|
|
|
[[file:C:/Users/somebody/d/e/f/music.mp3]]
|
|
|
|
[[file:~/a/b/c/music.mp3]]
|
|
|
|
[[file:../assets/data.csv|Important Data]]
|
|
|
|
[[local:C:/Users/somebody/d/e/f/music.mp3]]
|
|
|
|
[[file:/home/user/documents/|Link to a directory]]
|
2015-04-29 14:59:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
These links are opened with the system command, i.e. !xdg-open (Linux), !open
|
|
|
|
(Mac), or !start (Windows). To customize this behavior, see
|
|
|
|
|VimwikiLinkHandler|.
|
2015-04-29 14:59:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
In Vim, "file:" and "local:" behave the same, i.e. you can use them with both
|
|
|
|
relative and absolute links. When converted to HTML, however, "file:" links
|
|
|
|
will become absolute links, while "local:" links become relative to the HTML
|
|
|
|
output directory. The latter can be useful if you copy your HTML files to
|
|
|
|
another computer.
|
|
|
|
To customize the HTML conversion of links, see |VimwikiLinkConverter|.
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Transclusion (Wiki-Include) Links~
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Links that use "{{" and "}}" delimiters signify content that is to be
|
|
|
|
included into the HTML output, rather than referenced via hyperlink.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wiki-include URLs may use any of the supported schemes, may be absolute or
|
|
|
|
relative, and need not end with an extension.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The primary purpose for wiki-include links is to include images.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transclude from a local URL: >
|
|
|
|
{{file:../../images/vimwiki_logo.png}}
|
|
|
|
or from a universal URL: >
|
|
|
|
{{http://vimwiki.googlecode.com/hg/images/vimwiki_logo.png}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transclude image with alternate text: >
|
|
|
|
{{http://vimwiki.googlecode.com/hg/images/vimwiki_logo.png|Vimwiki}}
|
|
|
|
in HTML: >
|
|
|
|
<img src="http://vimwiki.googlecode.com/hg/images/vimwiki_logo.png"
|
|
|
|
alt="Vimwiki"/>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transclude image with alternate text and some style: >
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
{{http://.../vimwiki_logo.png|cool stuff|style="width:150px;height:120px;"}}
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
in HTML: >
|
|
|
|
<img src="http://vimwiki.googlecode.com/hg/images/vimwiki_logo.png"
|
|
|
|
alt="cool stuff" style="width:150px; height:120px"/>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transclude image _without_ alternate text and with a CSS class: >
|
|
|
|
{{http://.../vimwiki_logo.png||class="center flow blabla"}}
|
|
|
|
in HTML: >
|
|
|
|
<img src="http://vimwiki.googlecode.com/hg/images/vimwiki_logo.png"
|
|
|
|
alt="" class="center flow blabla"/>
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
A trial feature allows you to supply your own handler for wiki-include links.
|
|
|
|
See |VimwikiWikiIncludeHandler|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thumbnail links~
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
Thumbnail links are constructed like this: >
|
|
|
|
[[http://someaddr.com/bigpicture.jpg|{{http://someaddr.com/thumbnail.jpg}}]]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in HTML: >
|
|
|
|
<a href="http://someaddr.com/ ... /.jpg">
|
|
|
|
<img src="http://../thumbnail.jpg /></a>
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Markdown Links~
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
These links are only available for Markdown syntax. See
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/syntax#link.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2012-07-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Inline link: >
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
[Looks like this](URL)
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Image link: >
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
![Looks like this](URL)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reference-style links: >
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
a) [Link Name][Id]
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
b) [Id][], using the "implicit link name" shortcut
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
Reference style links must always include two consecutive pairs of
|
2012-07-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
[-brackets, and field entries can not use "[" or "]".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: (in Vimwiki's current implementation) Reference-style links are a hybrid
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
of Vimwiki's default "Wikilink" and the tradition reference-style link.
|
2012-07-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the Id is defined elsewhere in the source, as per the Markdown standard: >
|
|
|
|
[Id]: URL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
then the URL is opened with the system default handler. Otherwise, Vimwiki
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
treats the reference-style link as a Wikilink, interpreting the Id field as a
|
2012-07-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
wiki page name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Highlighting of existing links when |vimwiki-option-maxhi| is activated
|
|
|
|
identifies links whose Id field is not defined, either as a reference-link or
|
|
|
|
as a wiki page.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To scan the page for new or changed definitions for reference-links, simply
|
|
|
|
re-open the page ":e<CR>".
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
5.3. Headers *vimwiki-syntax-headers*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
= Header level 1 =~
|
|
|
|
By default all headers are highlighted using |hl-Title| highlight group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
== Header level 2 ==~
|
|
|
|
You can set up different colors for each header level: >
|
|
|
|
:hi VimwikiHeader1 guifg=#FF0000
|
|
|
|
:hi VimwikiHeader2 guifg=#00FF00
|
|
|
|
:hi VimwikiHeader3 guifg=#0000FF
|
|
|
|
:hi VimwikiHeader4 guifg=#FF00FF
|
|
|
|
:hi VimwikiHeader5 guifg=#00FFFF
|
|
|
|
:hi VimwikiHeader6 guifg=#FFFF00
|
|
|
|
Set up colors for all 6 header levels or none at all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
=== Header level 3 ===~
|
|
|
|
==== Header level 4 ====~
|
|
|
|
===== Header level 5 =====~
|
|
|
|
====== Header level 6 ======~
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
You can center your headers in HTML by placing spaces before the first '=':
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
= Centered Header L1 =~
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
5.4. Paragraphs *vimwiki-syntax-paragraphs*
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
A paragraph is a group of lines starting in column 1 (no indentation).
|
|
|
|
Paragraphs are separated by a blank line:
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is first paragraph
|
|
|
|
with two lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is a second paragraph with
|
|
|
|
two lines.
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
5.5. Lists *vimwiki-syntax-lists*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unordered lists: >
|
2013-07-29 10:57:07 +02:00
|
|
|
- Bulleted list item 1
|
|
|
|
- Bulleted list item 2
|
|
|
|
or: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
* Bulleted list item 1
|
|
|
|
* Bulleted list item 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordered lists: >
|
2013-07-29 10:57:07 +02:00
|
|
|
1. Numbered list item 1
|
|
|
|
2. Numbered list item 2
|
|
|
|
3. Numbered list item 3
|
|
|
|
or: >
|
|
|
|
1) Numbered list item 1
|
|
|
|
2) Numbered list item 2
|
|
|
|
3) Numbered list item 3
|
|
|
|
or: >
|
|
|
|
a) Numbered list item 1
|
|
|
|
b) Numbered list item 2
|
|
|
|
c) Numbered list item 3
|
|
|
|
or: >
|
|
|
|
A) Numbered list item 1
|
|
|
|
B) Numbered list item 2
|
|
|
|
C) Numbered list item 3
|
|
|
|
or: >
|
|
|
|
i) Numbered list item 1
|
|
|
|
ii) Numbered list item 2
|
|
|
|
iii) Numbered list item 3
|
|
|
|
or: >
|
|
|
|
I) Numbered list item 1
|
|
|
|
II) Numbered list item 2
|
|
|
|
III) Numbered list item 3
|
2014-02-03 11:41:55 +01:00
|
|
|
or: >
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
# Bulleted list item 1
|
|
|
|
# the # become numbers when converted to HTML
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
Note that a space after the list item symbols (-, *, 1. etc.) is essential.
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-29 10:57:07 +02:00
|
|
|
You can nest and mix the various types: >
|
|
|
|
- Bulleted list item 1
|
|
|
|
- Bulleted list item 2
|
|
|
|
a) Numbered list sub item 1
|
|
|
|
b) more ...
|
2014-07-30 21:26:07 +02:00
|
|
|
* and more ...
|
|
|
|
* ...
|
2013-07-29 10:57:07 +02:00
|
|
|
c) Numbered list sub item 3
|
|
|
|
1. Numbered list sub sub item 1
|
|
|
|
2. Numbered list sub sub item 2
|
|
|
|
d) etc.
|
|
|
|
- Bulleted list item 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List items can span multiple lines: >
|
|
|
|
* Item 1
|
|
|
|
Item 1 continued line.
|
|
|
|
Item 1 next continued line.
|
|
|
|
* Item 2
|
|
|
|
- Sub item 1
|
|
|
|
Sub item 1 continued line.
|
|
|
|
Sub item 1 next continued line.
|
|
|
|
- Sub item 2
|
|
|
|
- etc.
|
|
|
|
Continuation of Item 2
|
|
|
|
Next continuation of Item 2
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Definition lists: >
|
2013-07-29 10:57:07 +02:00
|
|
|
Term 1:: Definition 1
|
|
|
|
Term 2::
|
|
|
|
:: Definition 2
|
|
|
|
:: Definition 3
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
5.6. Tables *vimwiki-syntax-tables*
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Tables are created by entering the content of each cell separated by |
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
delimiters. You can insert other inline wiki syntax in table cells, including
|
|
|
|
typeface formatting and links.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
For example: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
| Year | Temperature (low) | Temperature (high) |
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|------|-------------------|--------------------|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
| 1900 | -10 | 25 |
|
|
|
|
| 1910 | -15 | 30 |
|
|
|
|
| 1920 | -10 | 32 |
|
|
|
|
| 1930 | _N/A_ | _N/A_ |
|
|
|
|
| 1940 | -2 | 40 |
|
|
|
|
>
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
In HTML the following part >
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
| Year | Temperature (low) | Temperature (high) |
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|------|-------------------|--------------------|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
>
|
2015-01-02 22:08:32 +01:00
|
|
|
is highlighted as a table header.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
If you indent a table then it will be centered in HTML.
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
If you put > in a cell, the cell spans the left column.
|
|
|
|
If you put \/ in a cell, the cell spans the above row.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
For example: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| a | b | c | d |
|
|
|
|
| \/ | e | > | f |
|
|
|
|
| \/ | \/ | > | g |
|
|
|
|
| h | > | > | > |
|
|
|
|
>
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-tables| for more details on how to manage tables.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
5.7. Preformatted text *vimwiki-syntax-preformatted*
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Use {{{ and }}} to define a block of preformatted text:
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
{{{ >
|
|
|
|
Tyger! Tyger! burning bright
|
|
|
|
In the forests of the night,
|
|
|
|
What immortal hand or eye
|
|
|
|
Could frame thy fearful symmetry?
|
|
|
|
In what distant deeps or skies
|
|
|
|
Burnt the fire of thine eyes?
|
|
|
|
On what wings dare he aspire?
|
|
|
|
What the hand dare sieze the fire?
|
|
|
|
}}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
You can add optional information after the {{{: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
{{{class="brush: python" >
|
|
|
|
def hello(world):
|
|
|
|
for x in range(10):
|
|
|
|
print("Hello {0} number {1}".format(world, x))
|
|
|
|
}}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Result of HTML export: >
|
|
|
|
<pre class="brush: python">
|
|
|
|
def hello(world):
|
|
|
|
for x in range(10):
|
|
|
|
print("Hello {0} number {1}".format(world, x))
|
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
This might be useful for coloring program code with external JS tools
|
|
|
|
such as Google's syntax highlighter.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
You can setup Vimwiki to highlight code snippets in preformatted text.
|
2018-02-16 18:11:49 +01:00
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-option-nested_syntaxes| and
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki-option-automatic_nested_syntaxes|.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
5.8. Mathematical formulae *vimwiki-syntax-math*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mathematical formulae are highlighted, and can be rendered in HTML using the
|
|
|
|
powerful open source display engine MathJax (http://www.mathjax.org/).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are three supported syntaxes, which are inline, block display and
|
|
|
|
block environment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inline math is for short formulae within text. It is enclosed by single
|
|
|
|
dollar signs, e.g.:
|
|
|
|
$ \sum_i a_i^2 = 1 $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Block display creates a centered formula with some spacing before and after
|
|
|
|
it. It must start with a line including only {{$, then an arbitrary number
|
|
|
|
of mathematical text are allowed, and it must end with a line including only
|
|
|
|
}}$.
|
|
|
|
E.g.:
|
|
|
|
{{$
|
|
|
|
\sum_i a_i^2
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
}}$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: no matter how many lines are used in the text file, the HTML will
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
compress it to one line only.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Block environment is similar to block display, but is able to use specific
|
|
|
|
LaTeX environments, such as 'align'. The syntax is the same as for block
|
|
|
|
display, except for the first line which is {{$%environment%.
|
|
|
|
E.g.:
|
|
|
|
{{$%align%
|
|
|
|
\sum_i a_i^2 &= 1 + 1 \\
|
|
|
|
&= 2.
|
|
|
|
}}$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Similar compression rules for the HTML page hold (as MathJax interprets the
|
|
|
|
LaTeX code).
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Note: the highlighting in Vim is automatic. For the rendering in HTML, you
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
have two alternative options:
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2018-02-17 21:30:01 +01:00
|
|
|
1. installing MathJax locally (Recommended: faster, no internet required).
|
|
|
|
Choose a folder on your hard drive and save MathJax in it. Then add to your
|
|
|
|
HTML template the following line:
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2020-04-30 21:04:58 +02:00
|
|
|
<script type="text/javascript" src="<mathjax_folder>/es5/tex-chtml.js?config=TeX-AMS-MML_HTMLorMML"></script>
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where <mathjax_folder> is the folder on your HD, as a relative path to the
|
|
|
|
template folder. For instance, a sensible folder structure could be:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- wiki
|
|
|
|
- text
|
|
|
|
- html
|
|
|
|
- templates
|
|
|
|
- mathjax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In this case, <mathjax_folder> would be "../mathjax" (without quotes).
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-17 21:30:01 +01:00
|
|
|
2. Loading MathJax from a CDN-server (needs internet connection).
|
2019-10-25 20:10:37 +02:00
|
|
|
Add to your HTML template the following lines:
|
2018-02-17 21:30:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-10-25 20:10:37 +02:00
|
|
|
<script src="https://polyfill.io/v3/polyfill.min.js?features=es6"></script>
|
|
|
|
<script id="MathJax-script" async src="https://cdn.jsdelivr.net/npm/mathjax@3/es5/tex-mml-chtml.js"></script>
|
2018-02-17 21:30:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
5.9. Blockquotes *vimwiki-syntax-blockquotes*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Text which starts with 4 or more spaces is a blockquote.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
This would be a blockquote in Vimwiki. It is not highlighted in Vim but
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
could be styled by CSS in HTML. Blockquotes are usually used to quote a
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
long piece of text from another source.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-03 06:29:04 +02:00
|
|
|
A group of lines prefixed with > also specifies a blockquote, with the caveat
|
2020-06-14 23:26:44 +02:00
|
|
|
that the > syntax allow empty lines to signal multiple paragraphs.
|
2020-06-03 06:29:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
> This also signals a block quote.
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
> You can use empty lines to signal multiple paragraphs kept inside the same
|
|
|
|
> blockquote.
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
5.10. Comments *vimwiki-syntax-comments*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
A line that starts with %% is a comment.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
E.g.: >
|
|
|
|
%% this text would not be in HTML
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
5.11. Horizontal line *vimwiki-syntax-hr*
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
4 or more dashes at the start of the line is a horizontal line (<hr />): >
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
----
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-02 22:14:20 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
5.12. Tags *vimwiki-syntax-tags*
|
2015-01-02 22:14:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
You can tag a wiki file, a header or an arbitrary place in a wiki file. Then,
|
|
|
|
you can use Vim's built-in tag search functionality (see |tagsrch.txt|) or
|
|
|
|
Vimwiki's tag related commands to quickly jump to all occurrences of the tag.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A tag is a sequence of non-space characters between two colons: >
|
2015-01-02 22:14:20 +01:00
|
|
|
:tag-example:
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
It is allowed to concatenate multiple tags in one line: >
|
|
|
|
:tag-one:tag-two:
|
|
|
|
<
|
2015-11-21 21:20:33 +01:00
|
|
|
If placed in the first two lines of a file, the whole file is tagged. If
|
|
|
|
placed under a header, within the 2 lines below it, the header is then tagged
|
|
|
|
with this tag, and the tag search commands will jump to this specific header.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, the tag stands of its own and the search command jumps directly to
|
|
|
|
it.
|
2015-01-02 22:14:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Typing tags can be simplified by using Vim's omni completion (see
|
|
|
|
|compl-omni|) like so: >
|
|
|
|
:ind<C-X><C-O>
|
|
|
|
which opens up a popup menu with all tags defined in the wiki starting with
|
|
|
|
"ind".
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-10 14:39:11 +01:00
|
|
|
Tags are also treated as |vimwiki-anchors| (similar to bold text).
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-16 18:11:49 +01:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-build-tags*
|
|
|
|
Note that the tag search/jump/completion commands need certain metadata saved
|
|
|
|
in the wiki folder. This metadata file can be manually updated by running
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|:VimwikiRebuildTags|. When the option |vimwiki-option-auto_tags| is enabled,
|
|
|
|
the tags metadata will be auto-updated on each page save.
|
2015-01-02 22:14:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-01-09 23:44:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tags-related commands and options:
|
|
|
|
* |:VimwikiRebuildTags|
|
2020-01-03 04:53:48 +01:00
|
|
|
* |:VimwikiGenerateTagLinks|
|
2015-01-09 23:44:25 +01:00
|
|
|
* |:VimwikiSearchTags|
|
|
|
|
* |vimwiki-option-auto_tags|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
|
|
|
6. Folding/Outline *vimwiki-folding*
|
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 15:28:12 +02:00
|
|
|
Vimwiki allows you to use Vim's folding methods and options so you can fold
|
|
|
|
your outline to make it less distracting and easier to navigate. You can use
|
|
|
|
Vimwiki's built-in folding methods or supply custom methods for folding. You
|
|
|
|
control how folds behave with by setting the |g:vimwiki_folding| variable to
|
|
|
|
the desired value in your configuration file: >
|
2018-02-16 07:26:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 15:28:12 +02:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_folding = 'value'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here's an example of how folds work with |g:vimwiki_folding| set to 'list':
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
= My current task =
|
2018-02-16 07:26:42 +01:00
|
|
|
* [ ] Do stuff 1
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do substuff 1.1
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do substuff 1.2
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do substuff 1.2.1
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do substuff 1.2.2
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do substuff 1.3
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do stuff 2
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do stuff 3
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hit |zM| :
|
2018-02-16 07:26:42 +01:00
|
|
|
= My current task =
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do stuff 1 [6] --------------------------------------~
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do stuff 2
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do stuff 3
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hit |zr| :
|
2018-02-16 07:26:42 +01:00
|
|
|
= My current task =
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do stuff 1
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do substuff 1.1
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do substuff 1.2 [3] -------------------------------~
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do substuff 1.3
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do stuff 2
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do stuff 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hit |zr| one more time :
|
|
|
|
= My current task =
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do stuff 1
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do substuff 1.1
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do substuff 1.2
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do substuff 1.2.1
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do substuff 1.2.2
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do substuff 1.3
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do stuff 2
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Do stuff 3
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Note: If you use the default Vimwiki syntax, folding on list items will work
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
properly only if all of them are indented using the current 'shiftwidth'.
|
2018-07-12 18:11:05 +02:00
|
|
|
For Markdown and MediaWiki syntax, * or # should be in the first column.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 15:28:12 +02:00
|
|
|
For maximum control over folds, set |g:vimwiki_folding| to 'custom' so you can
|
|
|
|
allow other plugins or your vim configuration file to control how folding is
|
|
|
|
performed. For example, let's say you are using markdown syntax and prefer to
|
|
|
|
fold so that the last blank line before a header is not folded, you can add
|
|
|
|
this function to your configuration file: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
function! VimwikiFoldLevelCustom(lnum)
|
|
|
|
let pounds = strlen(matchstr(getline(a:lnum), '^#\+'))
|
|
|
|
if (pounds)
|
|
|
|
return '>' . pounds " start a fold level
|
|
|
|
endif
|
|
|
|
if getline(a:lnum) =~? '\v^\s*$'
|
|
|
|
if (strlen(matchstr(getline(a:lnum + 1), '^#\+')))
|
|
|
|
return '-1' " don't fold last blank line before header
|
|
|
|
endif
|
|
|
|
endif
|
|
|
|
return '=' " return previous fold level
|
|
|
|
endfunction
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that you will also need to add the following vim options to your configuration: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
augroup VimrcAuGroup
|
|
|
|
autocmd!
|
|
|
|
autocmd FileType vimwiki setlocal foldmethod=expr |
|
|
|
|
\ setlocal foldenable | set foldexpr=VimwikiFoldLevelCustom(v:lnum)
|
|
|
|
augroup END
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-15 15:28:12 +02:00
|
|
|
See the |g:vimwiki_folding| documentation for more details.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
2010-01-21 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
7. Placeholders *vimwiki-placeholders*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
%title Title of the page *vimwiki-title*
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
When you htmlize your wiki page, the default title is the filename of the
|
|
|
|
page. Place >
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%title My books
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
into your wiki page if you want another title.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
%nohtml *vimwiki-nohtml*
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
If you do not want a wiki page to be converted to HTML, place:
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%nohtml
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-05 17:54:46 +02:00
|
|
|
into it. This will also prevent inclusion in the RSS feed.
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
%template *vimwiki-template*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To apply a concrete HTML template to a wiki page, place:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%template name
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
into it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-option-template_path| for details.
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-16 18:11:49 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
%date *vimwiki-date*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The date of the wiki page. The value can be used in the HTML template, see
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki-option-template_path| for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%date 2017-07-08
|
|
|
|
%date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you omit the date after the placeholder, the date of the HTML conversion is
|
|
|
|
used.
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
8. Lists *vimwiki-lists*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
While writing lists, the keys <CR>, o and O insert new bullets or numbers as
|
|
|
|
you would expect it. A new bullet/number is inserted if and only if the cursor
|
2019-08-11 15:13:01 +02:00
|
|
|
is in a list item. If you use hard line wraps within your lists then you will
|
|
|
|
need to remap `<CR>` to `VimwikiReturn 3 5`, use <S-CR>, or press <CR> and
|
|
|
|
<C-L><C-M>.
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
Note that the mapping <S-CR> is not available in all terminals.
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Furthermore, <CR> and <S-CR> behave differently when the cursor is behind an
|
|
|
|
empty list item. See the table below.
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-08-11 15:13:01 +02:00
|
|
|
To customize the behavior you should use an autocmd or place the mappings in
|
|
|
|
`~/.vim/after/ftplugin/vimwiki.vim`. This is necessary to avoid an error that
|
|
|
|
the command `VimwikiReturn` doesn't exist when editing non Vimwiki files.: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
autocmd FileType vimwiki inoremap <silent><buffer> <CR>
|
|
|
|
\ <C-]><Esc>:VimwikiReturn 3 5<CR>
|
|
|
|
autocmd FileType vimwiki inoremap <silent><buffer> <S-CR>
|
|
|
|
\ <Esc>:VimwikiReturn 2 2<CR>
|
2019-04-27 05:17:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-08-11 15:13:01 +02:00
|
|
|
Note: Prefixing the mapping with `<C-]>` expands iabbrev definitions and
|
|
|
|
requires Vim > 7.3.489.
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The first argument of the command :VimwikiReturn is a number that specifies
|
|
|
|
when to insert a new bullet/number and when not, depending on whether the
|
|
|
|
cursor is in a list item or in a normal line: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number │ Before │ After
|
|
|
|
======================================
|
|
|
|
1 │ 1. item| │ 1. item
|
|
|
|
│ │ 2. |
|
|
|
|
│–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– ← default for <CR>
|
|
|
|
│ 1. item │ 1. item
|
|
|
|
│ continue| │ continue
|
|
|
|
│ │ |
|
|
|
|
======================================
|
|
|
|
2 │ 1. item| │ 1. item
|
|
|
|
│ │ |
|
|
|
|
│–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– ← default for <S-CR>
|
|
|
|
│ 1. item │ 1. item
|
|
|
|
│ continue| │ continue
|
|
|
|
│ │ 2. |
|
|
|
|
======================================
|
|
|
|
3 │ 1. item| │ 1. item
|
|
|
|
│ │ 2. |
|
|
|
|
│––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
|
|
|
|
│ 1. item │ 1. item
|
|
|
|
│ continue| │ continue
|
|
|
|
│ │ 2. |
|
|
|
|
======================================
|
|
|
|
4 │ 1. item| │ 1. item
|
|
|
|
│ │ |
|
|
|
|
│––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
|
|
|
|
│ 1. item │ 1. item
|
|
|
|
│ continue| │ continue
|
|
|
|
│ │ |
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The second argument is a number that specifies what should happen when you
|
|
|
|
press <CR> or <S-CR> behind an empty list item. There are no less than five
|
|
|
|
possibilities:
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
Number │ Before │ After
|
|
|
|
======================================
|
|
|
|
1 │ 1. | │ 1.
|
|
|
|
│ │ 2. |
|
|
|
|
======================================
|
|
|
|
2 │ 1. | │ ← default for <S-CR>
|
|
|
|
│ │ 1. |
|
|
|
|
======================================
|
|
|
|
3 │ 1. | │ |
|
|
|
|
│ │
|
|
|
|
======================================
|
|
|
|
4 │ 1. | │
|
|
|
|
│ │ |
|
|
|
|
======================================
|
|
|
|
5 │ 1. | │ 1. |
|
|
|
|
│ │
|
|
|
|
│–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– ← default for <CR>
|
|
|
|
│ 1. | │ |
|
|
|
|
│ │
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-list-manipulation*
|
|
|
|
The level of a list item is determined by its indentation (default and
|
2014-01-09 09:27:11 +01:00
|
|
|
Markdown syntax) or by the number of list symbols (MediaWiki syntax).
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use gll and glh in normal mode to increase or decrease the level of a list
|
|
|
|
item. The symbols are adjusted automatically to the list items around it.
|
|
|
|
Use gLl and gLh to increase or decrease the level of a list item plus all
|
|
|
|
list items of lower level below it, that is, all child items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use <C-T> and <C-D> to change the level of a list item in insert mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See |vimwiki_gll|, |vimwiki_gLl|, |vimwiki_glh|, |vimwiki_gLh|,
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_i_<C-T>|, |vimwiki_i_<C-D>|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use gl followed by the desired symbol to change the symbol of a list item or
|
|
|
|
create one. Type gL and the symbol to change all items of the current list.
|
|
|
|
For default syntax, the following types are available: >
|
|
|
|
- hyphen
|
|
|
|
* asterisk
|
|
|
|
# hash
|
|
|
|
1. number with period
|
|
|
|
1) number with parenthesis
|
|
|
|
a) lower-case letter with parenthesis
|
|
|
|
A) upper-case letter with parenthesis
|
|
|
|
i) lower-case Roman numerals with parenthesis
|
|
|
|
I) upper-case Roman numerals with parenthesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markdown syntax has the following types: >
|
|
|
|
- hyphen
|
|
|
|
* asterisk
|
|
|
|
+ plus
|
|
|
|
1. number with period
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-09 09:27:11 +01:00
|
|
|
MediaWiki syntax only has: >
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
* asterisk
|
|
|
|
# hash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In insert mode, use the keys <C-L><C-J> and <C-L><C-K> to switch between
|
|
|
|
symbols. For convenience, only the commonly used symbols can be reached
|
|
|
|
through these keys for default syntax.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that such a list: a) b) c) … only goes up to zz), to avoid confusion with
|
|
|
|
normal text followed by a parenthesis.
|
2014-01-09 09:27:11 +01:00
|
|
|
Roman numerals go up to MMMM) and numbers up to 2147483647. or
|
|
|
|
9223372036854775807. depending if your Vim is 32 or 64 bit.
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-05-24 23:49:10 +02:00
|
|
|
Also, note that you can, of course, mix different list symbols in one list, but
|
2019-08-26 20:14:33 +02:00
|
|
|
if you have the strange idea of putting a list with Roman numerals right after
|
|
|
|
a list using letters or vice versa, Vimwiki will get confused because it
|
|
|
|
cannot distinguish which is which (at least if the types are both upper case
|
|
|
|
or both lower case).
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-07-30 21:26:07 +02:00
|
|
|
See |vimwiki_glstar|, |vimwiki_gl#| |vimwiki_gl-|, |vimwiki_gl-|,
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_gl1|, |vimwiki_gla|, |vimwiki_glA|, |vimwiki_gli|, |vimwiki_glI|
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-17 21:05:06 +01:00
|
|
|
Use glr and gLr if the numbers of a numbered list are mixed up. See
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|vimwiki_glr| and |vimwiki_gLr|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
Todo lists *vimwiki-todo-lists*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can have todo lists -- lists of items you can check/uncheck.
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
Consider the following example: >
|
|
|
|
= Toggleable list of todo items =
|
|
|
|
* [X] Toggle list item on/off.
|
|
|
|
* [X] Simple toggling between [ ] and [X].
|
|
|
|
* [X] All list's subitems should be toggled on/off appropriately.
|
|
|
|
* [X] Toggle child subitems only if current line is list item
|
2020-05-24 23:49:10 +02:00
|
|
|
* [X] Parent list item should be toggled depending on its child items.
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
* [X] Make numbered list items toggleable too
|
|
|
|
* [X] Add highlighting to list item boxes
|
|
|
|
* [X] Add [ ] to the next list item created with o, O and <CR>.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Pressing <C-Space> on the first list item will toggle it and all of its child
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
items: >
|
|
|
|
= Toggleable list of todo items =
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Toggle list item on/off.
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Simple toggling between [ ] and [X].
|
|
|
|
* [ ] All of a list's subitems should be toggled on/off appropriately.
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Toggle child subitems only if the current line is a list item.
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Parent list item should be toggled depending on their child items.
|
|
|
|
* [X] Make numbered list items toggleable too.
|
|
|
|
* [X] Add highlighting to list item boxes.
|
|
|
|
* [X] Add [ ] to the next list item created using o, O or <CR>.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pressing <C-Space> on the third list item will toggle it and adjust all of its
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
parent items: >
|
|
|
|
= Toggleable list of todo items =
|
|
|
|
* [.] Toggle list item on/off.
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Simple toggling between [ ] and [X].
|
|
|
|
* [X] All of a list's subitems should be toggled on/off appropriately.
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Toggle child subitems only if current line is list item.
|
2020-05-24 23:49:10 +02:00
|
|
|
* [ ] Parent list item should be toggled depending on its child items.
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
* [ ] Make numbered list items toggleable too.
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Add highlighting to list item boxes.
|
|
|
|
* [ ] Add [ ] to the next list item created using o, O or <CR>.
|
|
|
|
|
2014-02-04 10:34:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Parent items should change when their child items change. If not, use
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|vimwiki_glr|. The symbol between [ ] depends on the percentage of toggled
|
2020-06-04 18:33:12 +02:00
|
|
|
child items (see also |vimwiki-listsyms|): >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
[ ] -- 0%
|
|
|
|
[.] -- 1-33%
|
|
|
|
[o] -- 34-66%
|
|
|
|
[O] -- 67-99%
|
|
|
|
[X] -- 100%
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-17 21:05:06 +01:00
|
|
|
You can use |vimwiki_gln| and |vimwiki_glp| to change the "done" status of a
|
|
|
|
checkbox without a childitem.
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
It is possible to toggle several list items using visual mode. But note that
|
|
|
|
instead of toggling every item individually, all items get checked if the
|
2018-12-27 10:59:05 +01:00
|
|
|
first item was unchecked and all items get unchecked if the first item was
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
checked.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use gl<Space> (see |vimwiki_gl<Space>|) to remove a single checkbox and
|
|
|
|
gL<Space> (see |vimwiki_gL<Space>|) to remove all checkboxes of the list the
|
|
|
|
cursor is in.
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-19 07:07:22 +01:00
|
|
|
You can mark an item as rejected ("won't do") with
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_glx|. A rejected item will not influence the status of its parents.
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
|
|
|
9. Tables *vimwiki-tables*
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Use the :VimwikiTable command to create a default table with 5 columns and 2
|
|
|
|
rows: >
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
| | | | | |
|
2012-07-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
| | | | | |
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tables are auto-formattable. Let's add some text into first cell: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| First Name | | | | |
|
2012-07-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
| | | | | |
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Whenever you press <TAB>, <CR> or leave Insert mode, the table is formatted: >
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| First Name | | | | |
|
2012-07-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|------------|---|---|---|---|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
| | | | | |
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
You can easily create nice-looking text tables, just press <TAB> and enter new
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
values: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| First Name | Last Name | Age | City | e-mail |
|
2012-07-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|------------|------------|-----|----------|----------------------|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
| Vladislav | Pokrishkin | 31 | Moscow | vlad_pok@smail.com |
|
|
|
|
| James | Esfandiary | 27 | Istanbul | esfandiary@tmail.com |
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
To indent table indent the first row. Then format it with 'gqq'.
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-09 16:05:30 +02:00
|
|
|
You can specify the type of horizontal alignment for columns in the separator
|
|
|
|
using the ':' character. The default is left-align. >
|
2017-08-17 16:08:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Date | Item | Price |
|
|
|
|
|------------|:------:|--------:|
|
|
|
|
| yest | Coffee | $15.00 |
|
|
|
|
| 2017-02-13 | Tea | $2.10 |
|
|
|
|
| 2017-03-14 | Cake | $143.12 |
|
|
|
|
<
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
10. Diary *vimwiki-diary*
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
The diary helps you make daily notes. You can easily add information into
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Vimwiki that should be sorted out later. Just hit <Leader>w<Leader>w to create
|
|
|
|
a new note for today with a name based on the current date.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
To generate the diary section with all available links one can use
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|:VimwikiDiaryGenerateLinks| or <Leader>w<Leader>i .
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Note: it works only for diary index file.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Example of diary section: >
|
|
|
|
= Diary =
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
== 2011 ==
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
=== December ===
|
|
|
|
* [[2011-12-09]]
|
|
|
|
* [[2011-12-08]]
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-07-21 19:21:43 +02:00
|
|
|
The diary can be used with a frequency other than daily. See the appropriate
|
|
|
|
per-wiki options.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
See |g:vimwiki_diary_months| if you would like to rename months.
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
Calendar integration *vimwiki-calendar*
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
If you have Calendar.vim installed you can use it to create diary notes.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Just open calendar with :Calendar and tap <Enter> on the date. A wiki file
|
|
|
|
will be created in the default wiki's diary.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Get it from http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=52
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
See |g:vimwiki_use_calendar| option to turn it off/on.
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-30 02:34:31 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Markdown export
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you use markdown as the syntax for your wiki, there is a rubygem available
|
|
|
|
at https://github.com/patrickdavey/vimwiki_markdown which you can use to
|
|
|
|
convert the wiki markdown files into html.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-24 23:49:10 +02:00
|
|
|
Also, See |vimwiki-option-html_filename_parameterization| for supporting
|
2019-03-30 02:34:31 +01:00
|
|
|
functionality.
|
|
|
|
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
2019-01-03 13:55:15 +01:00
|
|
|
11. Anchors *vimwiki-anchors*
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
Every header, tag, and bold text can be used as an anchor. To jump to it, use
|
|
|
|
a wikilink of the form >
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
[[file#anchor]]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, consider the following file "Todo.wiki": >
|
|
|
|
= My tasks =
|
2015-01-10 14:39:11 +01:00
|
|
|
:todo-lists:
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
== Home ==
|
2014-02-18 16:12:04 +01:00
|
|
|
- [ ] bathe my dog
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
== Work ==
|
|
|
|
- [ ] beg for *pay rise*
|
2014-02-18 16:12:04 +01:00
|
|
|
== Knitting club ==
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
=== Knitting projects ===
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
- [ ] a *funny pig*
|
|
|
|
- [ ] a *scary dog*
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Then, to jump from your index.wiki directly to your knitting projects, use: >
|
|
|
|
[[Todo#Knitting projects]]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Or, to jump to an individual project, use this link: >
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
[[Todo#funny pig]]
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-01-10 14:39:11 +01:00
|
|
|
Or, to jump to a tag, use this link: >
|
|
|
|
[[Todo#todo-lists]]
|
|
|
|
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
If there are multiple instances of an anchor, you can use the long form which
|
|
|
|
consists of the complete header hierarchy, separated by '#': >
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
[[Todo#My tasks#Knitting club#Knitting projects#scary dog]]
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't feel like typing the whole stuff, type just [[Todo# and then
|
|
|
|
|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O| to start the omni completion of anchors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For jumping inside a single file, you can omit the file in the link: >
|
|
|
|
[[#pay rise]]
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Table of Contents *vimwiki-toc* *vimwiki-table-of-contents*
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
You can create a "table of contents" at the top of your wiki file.
|
2014-11-11 13:27:19 +01:00
|
|
|
The commando |:VimwikiTOC| creates the magic header >
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
= Contents =
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
in the current file and below it a list of all the headers in this file as
|
|
|
|
links, so you can directly jump to specific parts of the file.
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-11-11 13:27:19 +01:00
|
|
|
For the indentation of the list, the value of |vimwiki-option-list_margin| is
|
|
|
|
used.
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-11-11 13:27:19 +01:00
|
|
|
If you don't want the TOC to sit in the very first line, e.g. because you have
|
|
|
|
a modeline there, put the magic header in the second or third line and run
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
:VimwikiTOC to update the TOC.
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
If English is not your preferred language, set the option
|
|
|
|
|g:vimwiki_toc_header| to your favorite translation.
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to keep the TOC up to date automatically, use the option
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki-option-auto_toc|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Tagbar integration *vimwiki-tagbar*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As an alternative to the Table of Contents, you can use the Tagbar plugin
|
|
|
|
(http://majutsushi.github.io/tagbar/) to show the headers of your wiki files
|
|
|
|
in a side pane.
|
|
|
|
Download the Python script from
|
|
|
|
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/vimwiki/utils/master/vwtags.py and follow
|
|
|
|
the instructions in it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
12. Options *vimwiki-options*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
There are global options and local (per-wiki) options available to tune
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Vimwiki.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global options are configured via global variables. For a complete list of
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
them, see |vimwiki-global-options|.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local options for multiple independent wikis are stored in a single global
|
|
|
|
variable |g:vimwiki_list|. The per-wiki options can be registered in advance,
|
|
|
|
as described in |vimwiki-register-wiki|, or may be registered on the fly as
|
|
|
|
described in |vimwiki-temporary-wiki|. For a list of per-wiki options, see
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki-local-options|.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-05 14:11:37 +02:00
|
|
|
A note for Vim power users:
|
|
|
|
If you have an elaborated Vim setup, where you e.g. load plugins
|
|
|
|
conditionally, make sure the settings are set before Vimwiki loads (that is,
|
|
|
|
before plugin/vimwiki.vim is sourced). If this is not possible, try this
|
|
|
|
command after the Vimwiki settings are (re-) set: >
|
|
|
|
:call vimwiki#vars#init()
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
12.1 Registered Wiki *g:vimwiki_list* *vimwiki-register-wiki*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
One or more wikis can be registered using the |g:vimwiki_list| variable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each item in |g:vimwiki_list| is a |Dictionary| that holds all customizations
|
|
|
|
available for a distinct wiki. The options dictionary has the form: >
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
{'option1': 'value1', 'option2': 'value2', ...}
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Consider the following: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'path_html': '~/public_html/'}]
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
This defines one wiki located at ~/my_site/. When converted to HTML, the
|
|
|
|
produced HTML files go to ~/public_html/ .
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Another example: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'path_html': '~/public_html/'},
|
|
|
|
\ {'path': '~/my_docs/', 'ext': '.mdox'}]
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
defines two wikis: the first as before, and the second one located in
|
|
|
|
~/my_docs/, with files that have the .mdox extension.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
An empty |Dictionary| in g:vimwiki_list is the wiki with default options: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{},
|
|
|
|
\ {'path': '~/my_docs/', 'ext': '.mdox'}]
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
For clarity, in your .vimrc file you can define wiki options using separate
|
|
|
|
|Dictionary| variables and subsequently compose them into |g:vimwiki_list|. >
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let wiki_1 = {}
|
|
|
|
let wiki_1.path = '~/my_docs/'
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let wiki_1.html_template = '~/public_html/template.tpl'
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let wiki_1.nested_syntaxes = {'python': 'python', 'c++': 'cpp'}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
let wiki_2 = {}
|
|
|
|
let wiki_2.path = '~/project_docs/'
|
|
|
|
let wiki_2.index = 'main'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [wiki_1, wiki_2]
|
|
|
|
<
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
12.2 Temporary Wiki *vimwiki-temporary-wiki*
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
The creation of temporary wikis allows you to create a wiki on the fly.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a file with a registered wiki extension (see |vimwiki-register-extension|)
|
|
|
|
is opened in a directory that: 1) is not listed in |g:vimwiki_list|, and 2) is
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
not a subdirectory of any such directory, then a temporary wiki is created and
|
|
|
|
appended to the list of configured wikis in |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
In addition to Vimwiki's editing functionality, the temporary wiki enables: 1)
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
wiki-linking to other files in the same subtree, 2) highlighting of existing
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
wiki pages when |vimwiki-option-maxhi| is activated, and 3) HTML generation to
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|vimwiki-option-path_html|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Temporary wikis are configured using default |vimwiki-local-options|, except
|
|
|
|
for the path, extension, and syntax options. The path and extension are set
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
using the file's location and extension. The syntax is set to Vimwiki's
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
default unless another syntax is registered via |vimwiki-register-extension|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use |g:vimwiki_global_ext| to turn off creation of temporary wikis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Vimwiki assumes that the locations of distinct wikis do not overlap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
12.3 Per-Wiki Options *vimwiki-local-options*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-path*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
path ~/vimwiki/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Wiki files location: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/'}]
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-path_html*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
path_html ''
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Location of HTML files converted from wiki files: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
\ 'path_html': '~/html_site/'}]
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
If path_html is an empty string, the location is derived from
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki-option-path| by adding '_html'; i.e. for: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/okidoki/'}]
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
path_html will be set to '~/okidoki_html/'.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-04-21 21:05:01 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-name*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
name ''
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
A name that can be used to create interwiki links: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
|
|
|
|
\ 'name': 'My Wiki'}]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid names can contain letters, numbers, spaces, underscores, and dashes.
|
|
|
|
If duplicate names are used the interwiki link will jump to the first wiki
|
|
|
|
with a matching name in |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The assigned wiki name will also be shown in the menu entries in GVim.
|
|
|
|
See the option |g:vimwiki_menu|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-auto_export*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value Values~
|
|
|
|
auto_export 0 0, 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Set this option to 1 to automatically generate the HTML file when the
|
|
|
|
corresponding wiki page is saved: >
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_export': 1}]
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
This will keep your HTML files up to date.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-auto_toc*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2014-08-18 09:35:52 +02:00
|
|
|
Key Default value Values~
|
|
|
|
auto_toc 0 0, 1
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-08-18 09:35:52 +02:00
|
|
|
Description~
|
2014-11-11 13:27:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Set this option to 1 to automatically update the table of contents when the
|
2014-08-18 09:35:52 +02:00
|
|
|
current wiki page is saved: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_toc': 1}]
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-index*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
index index
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Name of wiki index file: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'index': 'main'}]
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
NOTE: Do not include the extension.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-ext*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
ext .wiki
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Extension of wiki files: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
|
|
|
|
\ 'index': 'main', 'ext': '.document'}]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-syntax*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Key Default value Values~
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
syntax default default, markdown, or media
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Wiki syntax. You can use different markup languages (currently: Vimwiki's
|
|
|
|
default, Markdown, and MediaWiki), but only Vimwiki's default markup will be
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
converted to HTML at the moment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To use Markdown's wiki markup: >
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
\ 'syntax': 'markdown', 'ext': '.md'}]
|
2019-04-01 05:16:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-links_space_char*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
links_space_char ' '
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Set the character (or string) used to replace spaces when creating a link. For
|
|
|
|
example, setting '_' would transform the string 'my link' into [[my_link]] and
|
|
|
|
the created file would be my_link.wiki. The default behavior does not replace
|
|
|
|
spaces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To set the space replacement character: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
|
|
|
|
\ 'links_space_char': '_'}]
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-template_path*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
template_path ~/vimwiki/templates/
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Setup path for HTML templates: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
\ 'template_path': '~/public_html/templates/',
|
|
|
|
\ 'template_default': 'def_template',
|
|
|
|
\ 'template_ext': '.html'}]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There could be a bunch of templates: >
|
|
|
|
def_template.html
|
|
|
|
index.html
|
|
|
|
bio.html
|
|
|
|
person.html
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Each template could look like: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
<html>
|
|
|
|
<head>
|
|
|
|
<link rel="Stylesheet" type="text/css" href="%root_path%style.css" />
|
|
|
|
<title>%title%</title>
|
|
|
|
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
|
|
|
|
</head>
|
|
|
|
<body>
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<div class="content">
|
|
|
|
%content%
|
|
|
|
</div>
|
2018-02-16 18:11:49 +01:00
|
|
|
<p><small>Page created on %date%</small></p>
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
</body>
|
|
|
|
</html>
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
where
|
2019-03-17 22:22:55 +01:00
|
|
|
`%title%` is replaced by a wiki page name or by a |vimwiki-title|
|
|
|
|
`%date%` is replaced with the current date or by |vimwiki-date|
|
|
|
|
`%root_path%` is replaced by a count of ../ for pages buried in subdirs:
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
if you have wikilink [[dir1/dir2/dir3/my page in a subdir]] then
|
2019-03-17 22:22:55 +01:00
|
|
|
`%root_path%` is replaced by '../../../'.
|
|
|
|
`%wiki_path%` Path to current wiki-file.` The file path to the current wiki
|
|
|
|
file. For example, if you are on page a/b.wiki %wiki-path% contains
|
|
|
|
"a/b.wiki". Mostly useful if you want to link the to raw wiki page from
|
|
|
|
the rendered version.
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-17 22:22:55 +01:00
|
|
|
`%content%` is replaced by a wiki file content.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
The default template will be applied to all wiki pages unless a page specifies
|
|
|
|
a template. Consider you have wiki page named 'Maxim.wiki' and you want apply
|
|
|
|
'person.html' template to it. Just add: >
|
|
|
|
%template person
|
|
|
|
to that page.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-template_default*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
template_default default
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Setup default template name (without extension).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-option-template_path| for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-template_ext*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
2015-01-12 09:32:05 +01:00
|
|
|
template_ext .tpl
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Setup template filename extension.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-option-template_path| for details.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-css_name*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
css_name style.css
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Setup CSS file name: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_pages/',
|
|
|
|
\ 'css_name': 'main.css'}]
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
or even >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_pages/',
|
|
|
|
\ 'css_name': 'css/main.css'}]
|
|
|
|
<
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
Vimwiki comes with a default CSS file "style.css".
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-maxhi*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Key Default value Values~
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
maxhi 0 0, 1
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
If on, wiki links to non-existent wiki files are highlighted. However, it can
|
|
|
|
be quite slow. If you still want it, set maxhi to 1: >
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'maxhi': 1}]
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-nested_syntaxes*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
Key Default value Values~
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
nested_syntaxes {} pairs of highlight keyword and Vim filetype
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
You can configure preformatted text to be highlighted with any syntax
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
available for Vim.
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
For example the following setup in your vimrc: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
let wiki = {}
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let wiki.path = '~/my_wiki/'
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
let wiki.nested_syntaxes = {'python': 'python', 'c++': 'cpp'}
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [wiki]
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
would give you Python and C++ highlighting in: >
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
{{{class="brush: python"
|
|
|
|
for i in range(1, 5):
|
|
|
|
print(i)
|
|
|
|
}}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{{{class="brush: c++"
|
|
|
|
#include "helloworld.h"
|
|
|
|
int helloworld()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
printf("hello world");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or in: >
|
|
|
|
{{{c++
|
|
|
|
#include "helloworld.h"
|
|
|
|
int helloworld()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
printf("hello world");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{{{python
|
|
|
|
for i in range(1, 5):
|
|
|
|
print(i)
|
|
|
|
}}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-27 16:30:30 +01:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-automatic_nested_syntaxes*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2016-01-28 10:52:40 +01:00
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
automatic_nested_syntaxes 1
|
2016-01-27 16:30:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
2016-01-28 10:52:40 +01:00
|
|
|
If set, the nested syntaxes (|vimwiki-option-nested_syntaxes|) are
|
|
|
|
automatically derived when opening a buffer.
|
|
|
|
Just write your preformatted text in your file like this >
|
|
|
|
{{{xxx
|
|
|
|
my preformatted text
|
|
|
|
}}}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-16 18:11:49 +01:00
|
|
|
where xxx is a filetype which is known to Vim. For example, for C++
|
|
|
|
highlighting, use "cpp" (not "c++"). For a list of known filetypes, type
|
|
|
|
":setf " and hit Ctrl+d.
|
2016-01-28 10:52:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that you may have to reload the file (|:edit|) to see the highlight.
|
2016-01-27 16:30:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2016-01-28 10:52:40 +01:00
|
|
|
Since every file is scanned for the markers of preformatted text when it is
|
|
|
|
opened, it can be slow when you have huge files. In this case, set this option
|
|
|
|
to 0.
|
2016-01-27 16:30:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-diary_rel_path*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
diary_rel_path diary/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
The path to the diary wiki files, relative to |vimwiki-option-path|.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-diary_index*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
diary_index diary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
Name of wiki-file that holds all links to dated wiki files.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-diary_header*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
diary_header Diary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Name of the header in |vimwiki-option-diary_index| where links to dated
|
|
|
|
wiki-files are located.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-diary_sort*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value Values~
|
|
|
|
diary_sort desc desc, asc
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Sort links in a diary index page.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-20 03:59:24 +01:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-diary_caption_level*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
diary_caption_level 0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Controls the presence of captions in the diary index linking to headers within
|
|
|
|
the diary pages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Possible values:
|
|
|
|
-1: No headers are read from the diary page.
|
|
|
|
0: The first header from the diary page is used as the caption.
|
|
|
|
There are no sub-captions.
|
|
|
|
1: Captions are created for headers of level 1 in the diary page.
|
|
|
|
2: Captions are created for headers up to level 2 in the diary page.
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the value is >= 1, the primary caption of each diary page is set to the
|
|
|
|
first header read from that page if it is the unique lowest-level header.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-21 19:21:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-diary_frequency*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
diary_frequency daily
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Controls the diary frequency used to create the date for which a diary entry
|
|
|
|
is created.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Possible values:
|
|
|
|
daily: Create a diary entry dated for each day.
|
|
|
|
weekly: Create a diary entry dated for the beginning of each week.
|
|
|
|
monthly: Create a diary entry dated for the beginning of each month.
|
|
|
|
yearly: Create a diary entry dated for the beginning of each year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-diary_start_week_day*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
diary_start_week_day monday
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Set the day to begin each week.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Possible values:
|
|
|
|
monday, tuesday, wednesday, thursday, friday, saturday, sunday
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
custom_wiki2html ''
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
2020-05-24 23:49:10 +02:00
|
|
|
The full path to a user-provided script that converts a wiki page to HTML.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Vimwiki calls the provided |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html| script from the
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
command-line, using |:!| invocation.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
The following arguments, in this order, are passed to the script:
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. force : [0/1] overwrite an existing file
|
|
|
|
2. syntax : the syntax chosen for this wiki
|
|
|
|
3. extension : the file extension for this wiki
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
4. output_dir : the full path of the output directory
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
5. input_file : the full path of the wiki page
|
|
|
|
6. css_file : the full path of the css file for this wiki
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
7. template_path : the full path to the wiki's templates
|
|
|
|
8. template_default : the default template name
|
|
|
|
9. template_ext : the extension of template files
|
|
|
|
10. root_path : a count of ../ for pages buried in subdirs
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
For example, if you have wikilink [[dir1/dir2/dir3/my page in a subdir]]
|
|
|
|
then this argument is '../../../'.
|
2018-02-16 21:42:32 +01:00
|
|
|
11. custom_args : custom arguments that will be passed to the conversion
|
|
|
|
(can be defined in g:vimwiki_list as 'custom_wiki2html_args' parameter,
|
|
|
|
see |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html_args|)
|
|
|
|
script.
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2018-02-16 21:42:32 +01:00
|
|
|
Options 7-11 are experimental and may change in the future. If any of these
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
parameters is empty, a hyphen "-" is passed to the script in its place.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For an example and further instructions, refer to the following script:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$VIMHOME/autoload/vimwiki/customwiki2html.sh
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
An alternative converter was developed by Jason6Anderson, and can
|
2015-11-23 13:10:46 +01:00
|
|
|
be located at https://github.com/vimwiki-backup/vimwiki/issues/384
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
To use the internal wiki2html converter, use an empty string (the default).
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-05 14:00:18 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html_args*
|
2018-02-16 21:42:32 +01:00
|
|
|
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
custom_wiki2html_args ''
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-05 14:00:18 +02:00
|
|
|
Description~
|
2018-02-16 21:42:32 +01:00
|
|
|
If a custom script is called with |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html|, additional
|
2018-07-05 14:00:18 +02:00
|
|
|
parameters can be passed using this option: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/path/', 'custom_wiki2html_args': 'stuff'}]
|
2018-02-16 21:42:32 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-list_margin*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
2019-12-21 17:16:48 +01:00
|
|
|
list_margin -1 (0 for markdown)
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
Width of left-hand margin for lists. When negative, the current 'shiftwidth'
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
is used. This affects the appearance of the generated links (see
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|:VimwikiGenerateLinks|), the Table of contents (|vimwiki-toc|) and the
|
|
|
|
behavior of the list manipulation commands |:VimwikiListChangeLevel| and the
|
2014-07-30 21:26:07 +02:00
|
|
|
local mappings |vimwiki_glstar|, |vimwiki_gl#| |vimwiki_gl-|, |vimwiki_gl-|,
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_gl1|, |vimwiki_gla|, |vimwiki_glA|, |vimwiki_gli|, |vimwiki_glI| and
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_i_<C-L>_<C-M>|.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-12 18:11:05 +02:00
|
|
|
Note: if you use Markdown or MediaWiki syntax, you probably would like to set
|
|
|
|
this option to 0, because every indented line is considered verbatim text.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-01-02 22:14:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-06-16 19:46:25 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-bullet_types*
|
2020-06-04 18:33:12 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
bullet_types ['-', '*', '#'] (default-syntax)
|
|
|
|
['-', '*', '+'] (markdown-syntax)
|
|
|
|
['*', '#'] (mediawiki-syntax)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List of the characters that can be used as bullets of lists. The default value
|
|
|
|
depends on the chosen syntax.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can set it to include more fancy symbols like this:
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/path/', 'bullet_types' = ['-', '•', '→']}]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-17 05:21:41 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-cycle_bullets*
|
2020-06-16 19:46:25 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
cycle_bullets 0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If set to 1 (true), cycle through |bullet_types| when changing list element
|
|
|
|
identation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-04 18:33:12 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-listsyms*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
listsyms ' .oOX'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
String of at least two symbols to show the progression of todo list items.
|
|
|
|
Default value is ' .oOX'. This overwrites the global |g:vimwiki_listsyms| on a
|
|
|
|
per wiki base.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The first char is for 0% done items.
|
|
|
|
The last is for 100% done items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can set it to some more fancy symbols like this:
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/path/', 'listsyms' = '✗○◐●✓'}]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-listsym_rejected*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Character that is used to show that an item of a todo list will not be done.
|
|
|
|
Default value is '-'. This overwrites the global |g:vimwiki_listsym_rejected| on a
|
|
|
|
per wiki base.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The character used here must not be part of |vimwiki-listsyms|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can set it to a more fancy symbol like this:
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/path/', 'listsym_rejected' = '✗'}]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-01-02 22:14:20 +01:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-auto_tags*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value Values~
|
|
|
|
auto_tags 0 0, 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Set this option to 1 to automatically update the tags metadata when the
|
|
|
|
current wiki page is saved: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_tags': 1}]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-12 17:58:12 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-auto_diary_index*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value Values~
|
|
|
|
auto_diary_index 0 0, 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Set this option to 1 to automatically update the diary index when opened.
|
|
|
|
See |:VimwikiDiaryGenerateLinks|: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_diary_index': 1}]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-22 00:11:03 +01:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-auto_generate_links*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value Values~
|
|
|
|
auto_generate_links 0 0, 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Set this option to 1 to automatically update generated links when the
|
|
|
|
current wiki page is saved: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_generate_links': 1}]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-auto_generate_tags*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value Values~
|
|
|
|
auto_generate_tags 0 0, 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Set this option to 1 to automatically update generated tags when the
|
|
|
|
current wiki page is saved: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_generate_tags': 1}]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-31 04:10:14 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-exclude_files*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value Values~
|
|
|
|
exclude_files [] list of file patterns to exclude
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Set this option to a list of file patterns to exclude when checking or
|
|
|
|
generating links: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'exclude_files': ['**/README.md']}]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-30 02:34:31 +01:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-html_filename_parameterization*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value Values~
|
|
|
|
html_filename_parameterization 0 0, 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
This setting is for integration with the vimwiki_markdown gem. If this is set
|
|
|
|
to 1 it alters the check for generated html filenames to match what
|
|
|
|
vimwiki_markdown generates. This means that it prevents unnecessary
|
|
|
|
regeneration of HTML files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This setting also turns off the automatic deletion of files
|
|
|
|
in the site_html directory which don't match existing wiki files.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-05 17:54:46 +02:00
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-rss_name*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
rss_name rss.xml
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
Setup RSS file name: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_pages/', 'rss_name': 'feed.rss'}]
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
Vimwiki will generate an RSS feed for the diary in this file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-rss_max_items*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
rss_max_items 10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
This setting limits the number of diary entries exported into the RSS feed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*vimwiki-option-base_url*
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Key Default value~
|
|
|
|
base_url ''
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description~
|
|
|
|
This setting specifies the URL where the generated VimWiki HTML pages can
|
|
|
|
be reached. It is used for the link to the RSS feed and for links to the
|
|
|
|
diary entries inside the feed.
|
2019-03-30 02:34:31 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2014-02-13 12:42:24 +01:00
|
|
|
12.4 Global Options *vimwiki-global-options*
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Global options are configured using the following pattern: >
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let g:option_name = option_value
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_hl_headers*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Highlight headers with =Reddish=, ==Greenish==, ===Blueish=== colors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
2019-02-04 21:48:18 +01:00
|
|
|
1 Use VimwikiHeader1 - VimwikiHeader6 group colors to highlight
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
different header levels.
|
|
|
|
0 Use |hl-Title| color for headers.
|
|
|
|
Default: 0
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_hl_cb_checked*
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
Highlight checked list items with a special color:
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
* [X] the whole line can be highlighted with the option set to 1.
|
2013-07-08 11:37:35 +02:00
|
|
|
* this line is highlighted as well with the option set to 2
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
* [ ] this line is never highlighted
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
2013-07-08 11:37:35 +02:00
|
|
|
0 Don't highlight anything.
|
2019-02-04 21:48:18 +01:00
|
|
|
1 Highlight only the first line of a checked [X] list item.
|
|
|
|
2 Highlight a complete checked list item and all its child items.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 0
|
|
|
|
|
2019-02-04 21:48:18 +01:00
|
|
|
The |group-name| "Comment" is used for highlighting.
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
Note: Option 2 does not work perfectly. Specifically, it might break if the
|
|
|
|
list item contains preformatted text or if you mix tabs and spaces for
|
|
|
|
indenting. Also, indented headers can be highlighted erroneously.
|
2014-01-06 14:11:16 +01:00
|
|
|
Furthermore, if your list is long, Vim's highlight can break. To solve this,
|
|
|
|
consider putting >
|
|
|
|
au BufEnter *.wiki :syntax sync fromstart
|
2013-07-08 11:37:35 +02:00
|
|
|
in your .vimrc
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_global_ext*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Control the creation of |vimwiki-temporary-wiki|s.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a file with a registered extension (see |vimwiki-register-extension|) is
|
|
|
|
opened in a directory that is: 1) not listed in |g:vimwiki_list|, and 2) not a
|
|
|
|
subdirectory of any such directory, then:
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
1 make temporary wiki and append it to |g:vimwiki_list|.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
0 don't make temporary wiki in that dir.
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
If your preferred wiki extension is .txt then you can >
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_global_ext = 0
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
to restrict Vimwiki's operation to only those paths listed in g:vimwiki_list.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Other text files wouldn't be treated as wiki pages.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_ext2syntax* *vimwiki-register-extension*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
A many-to-one mapping between file extensions and syntaxes whose purpose is to
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
register the extensions with Vimwiki.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E.g.: >
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_ext2syntax = {'.md': 'markdown',
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
\ '.mkd': 'markdown',
|
|
|
|
\ '.wiki': 'media'}
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-12-02 20:53:41 +01:00
|
|
|
An extension that is registered with Vimwiki can trigger creation of
|
|
|
|
a |vimwiki-temporary-wiki|. File extensions used in |g:vimwiki_list| are
|
|
|
|
automatically registered with Vimwiki using the default syntax. Extensions
|
|
|
|
mapped with this option will instead use the mapped syntax.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-12-02 20:53:41 +01:00
|
|
|
Default: >
|
|
|
|
{'.md': 'markdown', '.mkdn': 'markdown',
|
|
|
|
\ '.mdwn': 'markdown', '.mdown': 'markdown',
|
|
|
|
\ '.markdown': 'markdown', '.mw': 'media'}},
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-12-02 20:53:41 +01:00
|
|
|
Note: setting this option will overwrite the default values so include them if
|
|
|
|
desired.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_menu*
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
Create a menu in the menu bar of GVim, where you can open the available wikis.
|
2020-05-24 23:49:10 +02:00
|
|
|
If the wiki has an assigned name (see |vimwiki-option-name|), the menu entry
|
|
|
|
will match the name. Otherwise, the final folder of |vimwiki-option-path| will
|
2019-04-21 21:05:01 +02:00
|
|
|
be used for the name. If there are duplicate entries the index number from
|
|
|
|
|g:vimwiki_list| will be appended to the name.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
|
|
|
'' No menu
|
|
|
|
'Vimwiki' Top level menu "Vimwiki"
|
|
|
|
'Plugin.Vimwiki' "Vimwiki" submenu of top level menu "Plugin"
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 'Vimwiki'
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_listsyms*
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-16 07:26:42 +01:00
|
|
|
String of at least two symbols to show the progression of todo list items.
|
2020-06-04 18:33:12 +02:00
|
|
|
Default value is ' .oOX'. You can also set this on a per-wiki level with
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki-listsyms|.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-01-06 13:49:29 +01:00
|
|
|
The first char is for 0% done items.
|
2018-02-16 07:26:42 +01:00
|
|
|
The last is for 100% done items.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2013-07-08 11:37:35 +02:00
|
|
|
You can set it to some more fancy symbols like this:
|
2014-01-06 13:49:29 +01:00
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_listsyms = '✗○◐●✓'
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-02-19 07:07:22 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_listsym_rejected*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Character that is used to show that an item of a todo list will not be done.
|
2020-06-04 18:33:12 +02:00
|
|
|
Default value is '-'. You can also set this on a per-wiki level with
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki-listsym_rejected|.
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-19 07:07:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The character used here must not be part of |g:vimwiki_listsyms|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can set it to a more fancy symbol like this:
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_listsym_rejected = '✗'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_folding*
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Enable/disable Vimwiki's folding (outline) functionality. Folding in Vimwiki
|
2020-05-24 23:49:10 +02:00
|
|
|
can use either the 'expr' or the 'syntax' |foldmethod| of Vim.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
'' Disable folding
|
|
|
|
'expr' Folding based on expression (folds sections and code blocks)
|
|
|
|
'syntax' Folding based on syntax (folds sections; slower than 'expr')
|
|
|
|
'list' Folding based on expression (folds list subitems; much slower)
|
2019-07-15 15:28:12 +02:00
|
|
|
'custom' Allow folding options to be set by another plugin or a vim
|
|
|
|
configuration file
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
Default: ''
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
Limitations:
|
|
|
|
- Opening very large files may be slow when folding is enabled.
|
|
|
|
- 'list' folding is particularly slow with larger files.
|
|
|
|
- 'list' is intended to work with lists nicely indented with 'shiftwidth'.
|
|
|
|
- 'syntax' is only available for the default syntax so far.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2016-07-12 16:41:44 +02:00
|
|
|
The options above can be suffixed with ':quick' (e.g.: 'expr:quick') in order
|
|
|
|
to use some workarounds to make folds work faster.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_list_ignore_newline*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is HTML related.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Convert newlines to <br />s in multiline list items.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
0 Newlines in a list item are converted to <br />s.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
1 Ignore newlines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 1
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2018-02-16 07:26:42 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_text_ignore_newline*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is HTML related.
|
|
|
|
Convert newlines to <br />s in text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
|
|
|
0 Newlines in text are converted to <br />s.
|
|
|
|
1 Ignore newlines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_use_calendar*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Create new or open existing diary wiki-file for the date selected in Calendar.
|
|
|
|
See |vimwiki-calendar|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
|
|
|
0 Do not use calendar.
|
|
|
|
1 Use calendar.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-18 22:35:28 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_create_link*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Create target wiki page if it does not exist. See |:VimwikiFollowLink|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
|
|
|
0 Do not create target wiki page.
|
|
|
|
1 Create target wiki page.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-12 15:47:47 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_markdown_link_ext*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Append wiki file extension to links in Markdown. This is needed for
|
|
|
|
compatibility with other Markdown tools.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
|
|
|
0 Do not append wiki file extension.
|
|
|
|
1 Append wiki file extension.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
*VimwikiLinkHandler*
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
A customizable link handler can be defined to override Vimwiki's behavior when
|
|
|
|
opening links. Each recognized link, whether it is a wikilink, wiki-include
|
|
|
|
link or a weblink, is first passed to |VimwikiLinkHandler| to see if it can be
|
|
|
|
handled. The return value 1 indicates success.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
If the link is not handled successfully, the behavior of Vimwiki depends on
|
2015-04-29 14:59:10 +02:00
|
|
|
the scheme. "wiki:", "diary:" or schemeless links are opened in Vim. "file:"
|
2015-04-30 13:50:58 +02:00
|
|
|
and "local:" links are opened with a system default handler.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-30 13:50:58 +02:00
|
|
|
You can redefine the VimwikiLinkHandler function in your .vimrc to do
|
|
|
|
something else: >
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
function! VimwikiLinkHandler(link)
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
try
|
|
|
|
let browser = 'C:\Program Files\Firefox\firefox.exe'
|
|
|
|
execute '!start "'.browser.'" ' . a:link
|
|
|
|
return 1
|
|
|
|
catch
|
|
|
|
echo "This can happen for a variety of reasons ..."
|
|
|
|
endtry
|
|
|
|
return 0
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
endfunction
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-30 13:50:58 +02:00
|
|
|
A second example handles a new scheme, "vfile:", which behaves similar to
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
"file:", but the files are always opened with Vim in a new tab: >
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-29 14:59:10 +02:00
|
|
|
function! VimwikiLinkHandler(link)
|
|
|
|
" Use Vim to open external files with the 'vfile:' scheme. E.g.:
|
|
|
|
" 1) [[vfile:~/Code/PythonProject/abc123.py]]
|
|
|
|
" 2) [[vfile:./|Wiki Home]]
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let link = a:link
|
2015-04-30 13:50:58 +02:00
|
|
|
if link =~# '^vfile:'
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let link = link[1:]
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return 0
|
|
|
|
endif
|
2015-04-29 14:59:10 +02:00
|
|
|
let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(link)
|
|
|
|
if link_infos.filename == ''
|
2016-03-19 21:29:42 +01:00
|
|
|
echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Unable to resolve link!'
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
return 0
|
|
|
|
else
|
2015-04-29 14:59:10 +02:00
|
|
|
exe 'tabnew ' . fnameescape(link_infos.filename)
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
return 1
|
|
|
|
endif
|
2015-04-29 14:59:10 +02:00
|
|
|
endfunction
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*VimwikiLinkConverter*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-30 13:50:58 +02:00
|
|
|
This function can be overridden in your .vimrc to specify what a link looks
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
like when converted to HTML. The parameters of the function are:
|
|
|
|
- the link as a string
|
|
|
|
- the full path to the wiki file where the link is in
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
- the full path to the output HTML file
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
It should return the HTML link if successful or an empty string '' otherwise.
|
2015-04-30 13:50:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This example changes how relative links to external files using the "local:"
|
|
|
|
scheme look like in HTML. Per default, they would become links relative to
|
|
|
|
the HTML output directory. This function converts them to links relative to
|
|
|
|
the wiki file, i.e. a link [[local:../document.pdf]] becomes
|
|
|
|
<a href="../document.pdf">. Also, this function will copy document.pdf to the
|
|
|
|
right place. >
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
function! VimwikiLinkConverter(link, source_wiki_file, target_html_file)
|
2015-04-30 13:50:58 +02:00
|
|
|
if a:link =~# '^local:'
|
|
|
|
let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(a:link)
|
|
|
|
let html_link = vimwiki#path#relpath(
|
|
|
|
\ fnamemodify(a:source_wiki_file, ':h'), link_infos.filename)
|
|
|
|
let relative_link =
|
|
|
|
\ fnamemodify(a:target_html_file, ':h') . '/' . html_link
|
|
|
|
call system('cp ' . fnameescape(link_infos.filename) .
|
|
|
|
\ ' ' . fnameescape(relative_link))
|
|
|
|
return html_link
|
|
|
|
endif
|
|
|
|
return ''
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
endfunction
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
*VimwikiWikiIncludeHandler*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
Vimwiki includes the content of a wiki-include URL as an image by default.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A trial feature allows you to supply your own handler for wiki-include links.
|
|
|
|
The handler should return the empty string when it does not recognize or
|
|
|
|
cannot otherwise convert the link. A customized handler might look like this: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
" Convert {{URL|#|ID}} -> URL#ID
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
function! VimwikiWikiIncludeHandler(value)
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let str = a:value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
" complete URL
|
|
|
|
let url_0 = matchstr(str, g:vimwiki_rxWikiInclMatchUrl)
|
|
|
|
" URL parts
|
2015-04-29 14:59:10 +02:00
|
|
|
let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(url_0)
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let arg1 = matchstr(str, VimwikiWikiInclMatchArg(1))
|
|
|
|
let arg2 = matchstr(str, VimwikiWikiInclMatchArg(2))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if arg1 =~ '#'
|
2015-04-29 14:59:10 +02:00
|
|
|
return link_infos.filename.'#'.arg2
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
" Return the empty string when unable to process link
|
|
|
|
return ''
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
endfunction
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_table_auto_fmt*
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enable/disable table auto formatting after leaving INSERT mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
|
|
|
0 Disable table auto formatting.
|
|
|
|
1 Enable table auto formatting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 1
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2019-03-23 15:23:58 +01:00
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_table_reduce_last_col*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-25 15:44:59 +01:00
|
|
|
If set, the last column separator will not be expanded to fill the cell. When
|
|
|
|
`:set wrap` this option improves how a table is displayed, particularly on
|
|
|
|
small screens. If |g:vimwiki_table_auto_fmt| is set to 0, this option has no
|
|
|
|
effect.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
2019-03-25 15:44:59 +01:00
|
|
|
0 Enable table auto formating for all columns.
|
|
|
|
1 Disable table auto formating for the last column.
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-23 15:23:58 +01:00
|
|
|
Default: 0
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_w32_dir_enc*
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
Convert directory name from current 'encoding' into 'g:vimwiki_w32_dir_enc'
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
before it is created.
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
If you have 'enc=utf-8' and set up >
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_w32_dir_enc = 'cp1251'
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
then following the next link with <CR>: >
|
|
|
|
[[привет/мир]]
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
would convert utf-8 'привет' to cp1251 and create directory with that name.
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Default: ''
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_CJK_length*
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
Use a special method to calculate the correct length of the strings with
|
|
|
|
double-wide characters (to align table cells properly).
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
|
|
|
0 Do not use it.
|
|
|
|
1 Use it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 0
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
Note: Vim 7.3 has a new function |strdisplaywidth()|, so for users of an up to
|
2014-11-11 13:27:19 +01:00
|
|
|
date Vim, this option is obsolete.
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_dir_link*
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
This option is about what to do with links to directories, like
|
|
|
|
[[directory/]], [[papers/]], etc.
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
'' Open 'directory/' using the standard netrw plugin.
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
'index' Open 'directory/index.wiki', create if needed.
|
|
|
|
'main' Open 'directory/main.wiki', create if needed.
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: '' (empty string)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering*
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Set this option if you want headers to be auto-numbered in HTML.
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
E.g.: >
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
1 Header1
|
|
|
|
1.1 Header2
|
|
|
|
1.2 Header2
|
|
|
|
1.2.1 Header3
|
|
|
|
1.2.2 Header3
|
|
|
|
1.3 Header2
|
|
|
|
2 Header1
|
|
|
|
3 Header1
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
|
|
|
0 Header numbering is off.
|
|
|
|
1 Header numbering is on. Headers are numbered starting from
|
|
|
|
header level 1.
|
|
|
|
2 Header numbering is on. Headers are numbered starting from
|
|
|
|
header level 2.
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Example when g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering = 2: >
|
|
|
|
Header1
|
|
|
|
1 Header2
|
|
|
|
2 Header2
|
|
|
|
2.1 Header3
|
|
|
|
2.1.1 Header4
|
|
|
|
2.1.2 Header4
|
|
|
|
2.2 Header3
|
|
|
|
3 Header2
|
|
|
|
4 Header2
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering_sym*
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
Ending symbol for |g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering|.
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
'.' Dot will be added after a header's number.
|
|
|
|
')' Closing bracket will be added after a header's number.
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
etc.
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
With
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering_sym = '.'
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
headers would look like: >
|
|
|
|
1. Header1
|
|
|
|
1.1. Header2
|
|
|
|
1.2. Header2
|
|
|
|
1.2.1. Header3
|
|
|
|
1.2.2. Header3
|
|
|
|
1.3. Header2
|
|
|
|
2. Header1
|
|
|
|
3. Header1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: '' (empty)
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_valid_html_tags*
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
Case-insensitive comma separated list of HTML tags that can be used in
|
|
|
|
Vimwiki. When converting to HTML, these tags are left as they are, while
|
|
|
|
every other tag is escaped.
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 'b,i,s,u,sub,sup,kbd,br,hr'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_user_htmls*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comma-separated list of HTML files that have no corresponding wiki files and
|
|
|
|
should not be deleted after |:VimwikiAll2HTML|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: ''
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Consider you have 404.html and search.html in your Vimwiki 'path_html'.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
With: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_user_htmls = '404.html,search.html'
|
|
|
|
they would not be deleted after |:VimwikiAll2HTML|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_conceallevel*
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
In Vim 7.3 'conceallevel' is local to the current window, thus if you open a
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
Vimwiki buffer in a new tab or window, it would be set to the default value.
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
Vimwiki sets 'conceallevel' to g:vimwiki_conceallevel every time a Vimwiki
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
buffer is entered.
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
With default settings, Vimwiki conceals one-character markers, shortens long
|
|
|
|
URLs and hides markers and URL for links that have a description.
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Default: 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-09 07:34:34 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_conceal_onechar_markers*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Control the concealment of one-character markers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting 'conceal_onechar_markers' to 0 will show the markers, overriding
|
|
|
|
whatever value is set in |g:vimwiki_conceallevel|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-28 22:49:42 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_conceal_pre*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conceal preformatted text markers. For example,
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
{{{python
|
|
|
|
def say_hello():
|
|
|
|
print("Hello, world!")
|
|
|
|
}}}
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
would appear as simply
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
def say_hello():
|
|
|
|
print("Hello, world!")
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
in your wiki file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_autowriteall*
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-16 21:39:24 +01:00
|
|
|
Automatically save a modified wiki buffer when switching wiki pages. Has the
|
2020-05-24 23:49:10 +02:00
|
|
|
same effect as setting the Vim option 'autowriteall', but it works for wiki
|
2018-03-16 21:39:24 +01:00
|
|
|
files only, while the Vim option is global.
|
|
|
|
Hint: if you're just annoyed that you have to save files manually to switch
|
|
|
|
wiki pages, consider setting the Vim option 'hidden' which makes that modified
|
|
|
|
files don't need to be saved.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
|
|
|
0 autowriteall is off
|
|
|
|
1 autowriteall is on
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
Default: 1
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_url_maxsave*
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
Setting the value of |g:vimwiki_url_maxsave| to 0 will prevent any link
|
|
|
|
shortening: you will see the full URL in all types of links, with no parts
|
2019-03-31 05:52:56 +02:00
|
|
|
being concealed. This option does not affect the concealing of wiki elements
|
|
|
|
such as bold, italic, wikilinks, etc.
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When positive, the value determines the maximum number of characters that
|
|
|
|
are retained at the end after concealing the middle part of a long URL.
|
|
|
|
It could be less: in case one of the characters /,#,? is found near the end,
|
|
|
|
the URL will be concealed up to the last occurrence of that character.
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
|
|
* The conceal feature works only with Vim >= 7.3.
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
* When using the default |wrap| option of Vim, the effect of concealed links
|
|
|
|
is not always pleasing, because the visible text on longer lines with
|
|
|
|
a lot of concealed parts may appear to be strangely broken across several
|
|
|
|
lines. This is a limitation of Vim's |conceal| feature.
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
* Many color schemes do not define an unobtrusive color for the Conceal
|
|
|
|
highlight group - this might be quite noticeable on shortened URLs.
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_diary_months*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is a |Dictionary| with the numbers of months and corresponding names. Diary
|
|
|
|
uses it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redefine it in your .vimrc to get localized months in your diary:
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_diary_months = {
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
\ 1: 'Январь', 2: 'Февраль', 3: 'Март',
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
\ 4: 'Апрель', 5: 'Май', 6: 'Июнь',
|
|
|
|
\ 7: 'Июль', 8: 'Август', 9: 'Сентябрь',
|
|
|
|
\ 10: 'Октябрь', 11: 'Ноябрь', 12: 'Декабрь'
|
|
|
|
\ }
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
Default:
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_diary_months = {
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
\ 1: 'January', 2: 'February', 3: 'March',
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
\ 4: 'April', 5: 'May', 6: 'June',
|
|
|
|
\ 7: 'July', 8: 'August', 9: 'September',
|
|
|
|
\ 10: 'October', 11: 'November', 12: 'December'
|
|
|
|
\ }
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_toc_header*
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
A string with the magic header that tells Vimwiki where the Table of Contents
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
(see |vimwiki-toc|) is located in a file. You can change it to the
|
|
|
|
appropriate word in your mother tongue like this: >
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_toc_header = 'Inhalt'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 'Contents'.
|
2010-08-24 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-13 15:28:22 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_toc_header_level*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The header level of the Table of Contents (see |vimwiki-toc|). Valid values
|
|
|
|
are from 1 to 6.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-29 21:25:27 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_toc_link_format*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The format of the links in the Table of Contents (see |vimwiki-toc|).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
|
|
|
0 Extended: The link contains the description and URL. URL
|
|
|
|
references all levels.
|
|
|
|
1 Brief: The link contains only the URL. URL references only
|
|
|
|
the immediate level.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-11-05 23:12:21 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_map_prefix*
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
A string which specifies the prefix for all global mappings (and some local
|
|
|
|
ones). Use it to avoid conflicts with other plugins. Note that it must be
|
|
|
|
defined before the plugin loads. >
|
2014-11-05 23:12:21 +01:00
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_map_prefix = '<Leader>e'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is '<Leader>w'.
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-01-24 08:49:20 +01:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_auto_chdir*
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-14 06:17:31 +02:00
|
|
|
When set to 1, enables auto-cd feature. Whenever Vimwiki page is opened,
|
2020-05-24 23:49:10 +02:00
|
|
|
Vimwiki performs an |:lcd| to the root Vimwiki folder of the page's wiki.
|
2015-01-24 08:49:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Description~
|
|
|
|
0 Do not change directory.
|
2020-05-14 06:17:31 +02:00
|
|
|
1 Change directory to root Vimwiki folder on opening page.
|
2015-01-24 08:49:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default: 0
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-21 20:31:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_links_header*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A string with the magic header that tells Vimwiki where the generated links
|
|
|
|
are located in a file. You can change it to the appropriate word in your
|
|
|
|
mother tongue like this: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_links_header = 'Generierte Links'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 'Generated Links'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_links_header_level*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The header level of generated links. Valid values are from 1 to 6.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_tags_header*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A string with the magic header that tells Vimwiki where the generated tags
|
|
|
|
are located in a file. You can change it to the appropriate word in your
|
|
|
|
mother tongue like this: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_tags_header = 'Generierte Stichworte'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 'Generated Tags'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_tags_header_level*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The header level of generated tags. Valid values are from 1 to 5.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_markdown_header_style*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The number of newlines to be inserted after a header is generated. Valid
|
|
|
|
values are from 0 to 2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-13 15:00:06 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_auto_header*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Set this option to 1 to automatically generate a level 1 header when creating
|
|
|
|
a new wiki page. This option is disabled for the wiki index and the diary
|
|
|
|
index. Spaces replaced with |vimwiki-option-links_space_char| are reverted
|
|
|
|
back to spaces in the generated header, which will match the filename
|
|
|
|
except for the characters that were reverted to spaces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, with `links_space_char` set to `'_'` creating a link from the text
|
|
|
|
`foo bar link` would result in `[[foo_bar_link]]` and the file
|
|
|
|
`foo_bar_link.wiki`. The generated header would be `= foo bar link =`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-27 05:17:35 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_key_mappings*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A dictionary that is used to enable/disable various key mapping groups. To
|
|
|
|
disable a specific group set the value for the associated key to 0.
|
|
|
|
For example: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_key_mappings =
|
|
|
|
\ {
|
|
|
|
\ 'headers': 0,
|
|
|
|
\ 'text_objs': 0,
|
|
|
|
\ }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To disable ALL Vimwiki key mappings use: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_key_mappings = { 'all_maps': 0, }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The valid key groups and their associated mappings are shown below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`all_maps`:
|
|
|
|
Used to disable all Vimwiki key mappings.
|
|
|
|
`global`:
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki-global-mappings| that are defined when Vim starts.
|
|
|
|
`headers`:
|
|
|
|
Mappings for header navigation and manipulation:
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_=|, |vimwiki_-|, |vimwiki_[[|, |vimwiki_]]|, |vimwiki_[=|
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_]=|, |vimwiki_]u| , |vimwiki_[u|
|
|
|
|
`text_objs`:
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki-text-objects| mappings.
|
|
|
|
`table_format`:
|
|
|
|
Mappings used for table formatting.
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_gqq|, |vimwiki_gww|, |vimwiki_gq1|, |vimwiki_gw1|
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_<A-Left>|, |vimwiki_<A-Right>|
|
|
|
|
`table_mappings`:
|
|
|
|
Table mappings for insert mode.
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_<Tab>|, |vimwiki_<S-Tab>|
|
|
|
|
`lists`:
|
|
|
|
Mappings for list manipulation.
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_<C-Space>|, |vimwiki_gl<Space>|, |vimwiki_gL<Space>| |vimwiki_gln|, |vimwiki_glp|
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_gll|, |vimwiki_gLl|, |vimwiki_glh|, |vimwiki_gLh|, |vimwiki_glr|, |vimwiki_gLr|
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_glsar|, |vimwiki_gLstar|, |vimwiki_gl#|, |vimwiki_gL#|, |vimwiki_gl-|, |vimwiki_gL-|
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_gl1|, |vimwiki_gL1|, |vimwiki_gla|, |vimwiki_gLa|, |vimwiki_glA|, |vimwiki_gLA|
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_gli|, |vimwiki_gLi|, |vimwiki_glI|, |vimwiki_gLI|, |vimwiki_glx|
|
|
|
|
`links`:
|
|
|
|
Mappings for link creation and navigation.
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_<Leader>w<Leader>i|, |vimwiki_<CR>|, |vimwiki_<S-CR>|, |vimwiki_<C-CR>|
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_<C-S-CR>|, |vimwiki_<D-CR>|, |vimwiki_<Backspace>|, |vimwiki_<Tab>|
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_<S-Tab>|, |vimwiki_<Leader>wd|, |vimwiki_<Leader>wr|, |vimwiki_<C-Down>|
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_<C-Up>|, |vimwiki_+|, |vimwiki_<Backspace>|
|
|
|
|
`html`:
|
|
|
|
Mappings for HTML generation.
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_<Leader>wh|, |vimwiki_<Leader>whh|
|
|
|
|
`mouse`:
|
|
|
|
Mouse mappings, see |vimwiki_mouse|. This option is disabled by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is to enable all key mappings except the mouse: >
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_key_mappings =
|
|
|
|
\ {
|
|
|
|
\ 'all_maps': 1,
|
|
|
|
\ 'global': 1,
|
|
|
|
\ 'headers': 1,
|
|
|
|
\ 'text_objs': 1,
|
|
|
|
\ 'table_format': 1,
|
|
|
|
\ 'table_mappings': 1,
|
|
|
|
\ 'lists': 1,
|
|
|
|
\ 'links': 1,
|
|
|
|
\ 'html': 1,
|
|
|
|
\ 'mouse': 0,
|
|
|
|
\ }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-12 15:42:49 +02:00
|
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*g:vimwiki_filetypes*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A list of additional fileypes that should be registered to vimwiki files: >
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
let g:vimwiki_filetypes = ['markdown', 'pandoc']
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Would result in the filetype being set to `vimwiki.markdown.pandoc`. This can
|
|
|
|
be used to enable third party plugins such as custom folding. WARNING: this
|
|
|
|
option can allow other plugins to overwrite vimwiki settings and operation so
|
|
|
|
take care when using it. Any plugin that uses a set filetype will be enabled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is `[ ]`
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-15 21:26:05 +02:00
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
|
|
|
13. Getting help *vimwiki-help*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For questions, discussions, praise or rants there is a mailing list:
|
|
|
|
https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/vimwiki
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Also, there is the IRC channel #vimwiki on Freenode which can be accessed via
|
|
|
|
webchat: https://webchat.freenode.net/?channels=#vimwiki
|
2014-06-24 14:19:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
2018-05-15 21:26:05 +02:00
|
|
|
14. Contributing & Bug reports *vimwiki-contributing*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
Your help in making Vimwiki better is really appreciated!
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Any help, whether it is a spelling correction or a code snippet to patch --
|
|
|
|
everything is welcomed.
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2018-10-09 21:54:02 +02:00
|
|
|
See CONTRIBUTING.md for info about how to file bugs etc.
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
2018-05-15 21:26:05 +02:00
|
|
|
15. Development *vimwiki-development*
|
2015-11-25 10:43:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Homepage: http://vimwiki.github.io/
|
|
|
|
Github: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
|
|
|
|
Vim plugins: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=2226
|
|
|
|
Old homepage: http://code.google.com/p/vimwiki/
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-23 13:10:46 +01:00
|
|
|
Contributors and their Github usernames in roughly chronological order:
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-21 13:27:43 +01:00
|
|
|
- Maxim Kim (@habamax) <habamax@gmail.com> as original author
|
2015-11-25 10:43:26 +01:00
|
|
|
- the people here: http://code.google.com/p/vimwiki/people/list
|
2016-01-21 13:27:43 +01:00
|
|
|
- Stuart Andrews (@tub78)
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
- Tomas Pospichal
|
2016-01-21 13:27:43 +01:00
|
|
|
- Daniel Schemala (@EinfachToll) as current maintainer
|
|
|
|
- Larry Hynes (@larryhynes)
|
|
|
|
- Hector Arciga (@harciga)
|
|
|
|
- Alexey Radkov (@lyokha)
|
|
|
|
- Aaron Franks (@af)
|
|
|
|
- Dan Bernier (@danbernier)
|
|
|
|
- Carl Helmertz (@chelmertz)
|
|
|
|
- Karl Yngve Lervåg (@lervag)
|
|
|
|
- Patrick Davey (@patrickdavey)
|
|
|
|
- Ivan Tishchenko (@t7ko)
|
|
|
|
- 修昊 (@Svtter)
|
|
|
|
- Marcelo D Montu (@mMontu)
|
2015-11-23 13:10:46 +01:00
|
|
|
- John Kaul
|
2016-01-21 13:27:43 +01:00
|
|
|
- Hongbo Liu (@hiberabyss)
|
|
|
|
- @Tomsod
|
|
|
|
- @wangzq
|
2016-03-31 12:10:27 +02:00
|
|
|
- Jinzhou Zhang (@lotabout)
|
|
|
|
- Michael Riley (@optik-aper)
|
2018-02-17 21:30:01 +01:00
|
|
|
- Irfan Sharif (@irfansharif)
|
|
|
|
- John Conroy (@jconroy77)
|
|
|
|
- Christian Rondeau (@christianrondeau)
|
|
|
|
- Alex Thorne (@thornecc)
|
|
|
|
- Shafqat Bhuiyan (@priomsrb)
|
|
|
|
- Bradley Cicenas (@bcicen)
|
|
|
|
- Michael Thessel (@MichaelThessel)
|
|
|
|
- Michael F. Schönitzer (@nudin)
|
|
|
|
- @sqlwwx
|
|
|
|
- Guilherme Salazar (@salazar)
|
|
|
|
- Daniel Trnka (@trnila)
|
|
|
|
- Yuchen Pei (@ycpei)
|
|
|
|
- @maqiv
|
2019-03-21 21:52:59 +01:00
|
|
|
- Dawid Ciężarkiewicz (@dpc)
|
2018-07-05 14:00:18 +02:00
|
|
|
- Drew Hays (@Dru89)
|
|
|
|
- Daniel Etrata (@danetrata)
|
|
|
|
- Keith Haber (@kjhaber)
|
|
|
|
- @beuerle
|
|
|
|
- Silvio Ricardo Cordeiro (@silvioricardoc)
|
|
|
|
- @blyoa
|
|
|
|
- Jonathan McElroy (@jonathanmcelroy)
|
|
|
|
- @PetrusZ
|
|
|
|
- Brian Gianforcaro (@bgianfo)
|
|
|
|
- Ben Burrill (@benburrill)
|
|
|
|
- Zhuang Ma (@mzlogin)
|
|
|
|
- Huy Le (@huynle)
|
|
|
|
- Nick Borden (@hcwndbyw)
|
2019-03-21 21:52:59 +01:00
|
|
|
- John Campbell (@johnmarcampbell)
|
|
|
|
- Petrus (@PetrusZ)
|
|
|
|
- Steven Stallion (@sstallion)
|
|
|
|
- Daniel Quomsieh (@DQuomsieh)
|
|
|
|
- Fredrik Arnerup (@farnerup)
|
|
|
|
- CUI Hao (@cuihaoleo)
|
|
|
|
- Benjamin Brandtner (@BenjaminBrandtner)
|
|
|
|
- @sreejith994
|
|
|
|
- Raphael Feng (@raphaelfeng)
|
|
|
|
- Kasper Socha (@fte10kso)
|
|
|
|
- Nicolas Brailovsky (@nicolasbrailo)
|
|
|
|
- @BenMcH
|
|
|
|
- Stefan Huber (@shuber2)
|
|
|
|
- Hugo Hörnquist (@HugoNikanor)
|
|
|
|
- Rane Brown (@ranebrown)
|
2019-04-09 22:31:41 +02:00
|
|
|
- Patrik Willard (@padowi)
|
2019-04-25 16:18:41 +02:00
|
|
|
- Steve Dondley (@sdondley)
|
2019-04-26 14:23:45 +02:00
|
|
|
- Alexander Gude (@agude)
|
2019-04-26 19:06:09 +02:00
|
|
|
- Jonny Bylsma (@jbylsma)
|
2019-08-12 16:41:33 +02:00
|
|
|
- Shaedil (@Shaedil)
|
2019-08-26 20:18:59 +02:00
|
|
|
- Robin Lowe (@defau1t)
|
2019-08-18 22:47:19 +02:00
|
|
|
- Abhinav Gupta (@abhinav)
|
2019-10-13 00:31:43 +02:00
|
|
|
- Dave Gauer (@ratfactor)
|
2020-01-05 05:21:52 +01:00
|
|
|
- Martin Tourneboeuf (@tinmarino)
|
2020-04-14 14:20:31 +02:00
|
|
|
- Mauro Morales (@mauromorales)
|
2019-11-24 17:51:51 +01:00
|
|
|
- Valtteri Vallius (@kaphula)
|
2020-05-09 06:57:31 +02:00
|
|
|
- Patrick Stockwell (@patstockwell)
|
2020-05-26 23:09:58 +02:00
|
|
|
- Henry Qin (@hq6)
|
|
|
|
- Hugo Hörnquist
|
|
|
|
- Greg Anders
|
|
|
|
- Steven Schmeiser
|
|
|
|
- Monkin (@monkinco)
|
|
|
|
- @AresMegaGlobal
|
|
|
|
- Cesar Tessarin (@tessarin)
|
|
|
|
- Clément Bœsch (@ubitux)
|
|
|
|
- Dave Gauer
|
|
|
|
- Eric Langlois (@edlanglois)
|
|
|
|
- James Moriarty
|
|
|
|
- Lionel Flandrin (@simias)
|
|
|
|
- Michael Brauweiler (@rattletat)
|
|
|
|
- Michal Cizmazia (@cizmazia)
|
|
|
|
- Samir Benmendil (@Ram-Z)
|
|
|
|
- Stefan Lehmann (@stevesteve)
|
|
|
|
- @graywolf
|
2020-06-01 16:20:07 +02:00
|
|
|
- flex (@bratekarate)
|
2020-06-01 16:09:37 +02:00
|
|
|
- Marius Lopez (@PtitCaius)
|
2020-06-17 05:21:41 +02:00
|
|
|
- Edward Bassett (@ebassett)
|
2020-07-29 21:36:33 +02:00
|
|
|
- Gaurang Kher (@gaurangkher)
|
2020-06-03 06:29:04 +02:00
|
|
|
- Rafael Castillo (@eltrufas)
|
2020-07-05 17:54:46 +02:00
|
|
|
- Reiner Herrmann (@reinerh)
|
2020-07-29 15:40:55 +02:00
|
|
|
- Ryan Winograd
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-07-25 09:40:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
2018-05-15 21:26:05 +02:00
|
|
|
16. Changelog *vimwiki-changelog*
|
2010-02-23 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-12-10 16:19:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2016-01-21 13:27:43 +01:00
|
|
|
Issue numbers starting with '#' are issues from
|
|
|
|
https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/issues/, all others from
|
|
|
|
http://code.google.com/p/vimwiki/issues/list. They may be accessible from
|
|
|
|
https://github.com/vimwiki-backup/vimwiki/issues.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-01 16:09:37 +02:00
|
|
|
New:~
|
2020-07-29 21:36:33 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #940: Render table header inside thead element and rest under
|
|
|
|
tbody element if table header specified in wiki
|
2020-01-27 02:39:03 +01:00
|
|
|
* PR #811: Feature: Added handling of absolute path to vimwiki (with //)
|
2020-06-17 05:21:41 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #919: Fix duplicate helptag
|
2020-06-16 19:46:25 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #907: Cycle bullets
|
2020-06-01 16:09:37 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #900: conceallevel is now setted locally for vimwiki buffers
|
2020-06-03 06:29:04 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #901: adds multiparagraph blockquotes using email style syntax
|
2020-07-05 17:54:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #934: RSS feed generation for diary with :VimwikiRss.
|
2020-07-29 15:40:55 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #959: Fix :VimwikiNextTask
|
2016-01-21 13:27:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-05-26 23:09:58 +02:00
|
|
|
2.5 (2020-05-26)~
|
2019-04-07 17:04:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New:~
|
2020-05-24 23:49:28 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #787: |:VimwikiRenameFile| works for all directories: even
|
2020-01-05 05:21:52 +01:00
|
|
|
wiki_root/diary/2019-12-11.md if current file is wiki_root/dir1/file.md.
|
2020-01-01 18:58:56 +01:00
|
|
|
* Issue #764: fenced code blocks are properly supported for markdown
|
|
|
|
syntax i.e. more than 3 backticks, adds tilde support.
|
2019-12-21 04:41:08 +01:00
|
|
|
* PR #785: |:VimwikiGoto| completion works with part of filename and
|
|
|
|
nested directories
|
2019-12-15 05:08:32 +01:00
|
|
|
* Add test framework (vader, vint, vim-testbed)
|
2019-12-21 04:41:08 +01:00
|
|
|
* Issue #769: Set default values for |g:vimwiki_ext2syntax|.
|
2019-07-31 18:47:06 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #735: Make list-toggling work properly even when code blocks are
|
|
|
|
embedded within the list in Markdown mode.
|
2019-05-22 14:28:03 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #711: Allow forcing VimwikiAll2HTML with !
|
2019-05-11 20:55:26 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #702: Make remapping documentation more accessible to newer vim users
|
2019-04-16 01:35:44 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #673: Add :VimwikiGoto key mapping.
|
2019-04-26 14:23:45 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #689: Allow |vimwiki-option-diary_rel_path| to be an empty string.
|
2019-04-25 16:18:41 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #683: Improve layout and format of key binding documentation in
|
|
|
|
README and include note about key bindings that may not work.
|
2019-04-26 19:06:09 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #681: Prevent sticky type checking errors for old vim versions.
|
2019-04-27 05:17:35 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #686: New option |g:vimwiki_key_mappings| that allow key mappings to
|
|
|
|
be enabled/disabled by groups. Key mappings are also no longer
|
|
|
|
overwritten if they are already defined.
|
2019-04-21 21:05:01 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #675: Add option |vimwiki-option-name| to assign a per wiki name.
|
2019-04-13 15:00:06 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #661: Add option |g:vimwiki_auto_header| to automatically generate
|
|
|
|
a level 1 header for new wiki pages.
|
2019-03-30 02:34:31 +01:00
|
|
|
* PR #665: Integration with vimwiki_markdown gem
|
|
|
|
https://github.com/patrickdavey/vimwiki_markdown
|
|
|
|
This provides the |vimwiki-option-html_filename_parameterization|
|
|
|
|
which alters the filenames vimiwiki checks against when running the
|
|
|
|
html conversion. It also disables the deleting of html files which
|
|
|
|
no longer match against a wiki file.
|
2019-04-10 16:00:50 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #663: New option |g:vimwiki_conceal_onechar_markers| to control
|
|
|
|
whether to show or hide single-character format markers.
|
2019-04-07 17:04:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #636: Wiki local option |vimwiki-option-exclude_files| which is
|
|
|
|
a list of patterns to exclude when checking or generating links.
|
|
|
|
* PR #644: Key mapping gnt to jump to the next open task.
|
|
|
|
* PR #643: Option |g:vimwiki_toc_link_format| to change how links are
|
|
|
|
formatted in the TOC.
|
|
|
|
* PR #641: Option |g:vimwiki_conceal_code_blocks| to conceal preformatted
|
|
|
|
text markers.
|
|
|
|
* PR #634: New options |g:vimwiki_links_header| and
|
|
|
|
|g:vimwiki_tags_header| to customize the title string of generated
|
|
|
|
sections. New option |g:vimwiki_links_header_level| and
|
|
|
|
|g:vimwiki_tags_header_level| which allow the header level (1-6) of the
|
|
|
|
generated links to be set. New option |g:vimwiki_markdown_header_style|
|
|
|
|
which specifies the nuber of newlines after the created header for
|
|
|
|
generated sections.
|
|
|
|
* PR #635: Wiki local options |vimwiki-option-auto_generate_links| and
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki-option-auto_generate_tags|.
|
|
|
|
* Wiki local option |vimwiki-option-links_space_char| to replace spaces
|
|
|
|
with a different character when creating a link.
|
|
|
|
* Allow increase/decrease header level to take a count.
|
|
|
|
* PR #637: Option |g:vimwiki_table_reduce_last_col| to not autoformat last
|
|
|
|
column of a table.
|
|
|
|
* PR #629: New option |g:vimwiki_toc_header_level| to set the desired
|
|
|
|
header level for the TOC.
|
|
|
|
* PR #616: Hex color codes are colored in HTML output.
|
|
|
|
* PR #573: Add HTML template variable %wiki_path% which outputs the path
|
|
|
|
of the current file being converted to HTML.
|
|
|
|
* PR #529: Option |g:vimwiki_markdown_link_ext| to include the extension
|
|
|
|
.md in generated links.
|
|
|
|
* PR #528: Add option |g:vimwiki_create_link| to prevent link creation
|
|
|
|
with <CR>.
|
|
|
|
* PR #498: Option |vimwiki-option-diary_caption_level| which adds captions
|
|
|
|
to the diary index based on headers.
|
|
|
|
* PR #377: Add horizontal alignment to tables.
|
|
|
|
* PR #202: Don't override or display errors for existing keymappings.
|
|
|
|
* PR #47: Optimize table formatting for large tables.
|
2020-04-14 14:20:31 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #857: Make default template responsive
|
2020-05-09 06:57:31 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #879: Generate links when diary & wiki dir are the same
|
2020-07-21 19:21:43 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #884: Configure diary frequency (daily, weekly, monthly, yearly)
|
2019-04-07 17:04:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2020-05-24 23:49:28 +02:00
|
|
|
Changed:~
|
|
|
|
* Issue #796: Rename |:VimwikiGenerateTags| to |:VimwikiGenerateTagLinks|
|
|
|
|
* Issue #638: Rename |:VimwikiDeleteLink| to |:VimwikiDeleteFile|
|
|
|
|
* Issue #638: Rename |:VimwikiRenameLink| to |:VimwikiRenameFile|
|
2020-05-26 23:09:58 +02:00
|
|
|
* For all three above the old commands still works but is deprecated and
|
|
|
|
* will be removed in later versions.
|
|
|
|
* Set default |vimwiki-option-list_margin| = 0 for markdown syntax.
|
|
|
|
* Modify horizontal rule (thematic-breaks) syntax for markdown.
|
2020-05-24 23:49:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2019-04-07 17:04:46 +02:00
|
|
|
Removed:~
|
2019-06-05 03:30:52 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #698: Remove awa check triggering silent file edits.
|
2019-04-27 05:17:35 +02:00
|
|
|
* Options g:vimwiki_use_mouse and g:vimwiki_table_mappings. These are
|
|
|
|
still present in the code for backwards compatibility but have been
|
|
|
|
removed from the documentation and will be fully removed at a later
|
|
|
|
point.
|
2019-04-07 17:04:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed:~
|
2020-05-26 23:09:58 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #90: |:VimwikiRenameFile| doesn't update links in diary.
|
2019-12-30 18:25:02 +01:00
|
|
|
* Issue #790: Allow tags before a header with markdown syntax.
|
2019-12-30 18:07:20 +01:00
|
|
|
* Issue #779: Vimwiki tags file meets ctags standard.
|
2019-12-15 05:08:32 +01:00
|
|
|
* Issue #781: Compatablity fixes for older versions of Vim.
|
|
|
|
* Issue #691: Allow |:VimwikiGoBackLink| to go back multiple times.
|
|
|
|
* Update MathJax CDN loading instructions.
|
2019-10-17 06:31:42 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #212: Don't treat comment characters within code blocks as
|
|
|
|
headers.
|
2019-12-15 05:08:32 +01:00
|
|
|
* Issue #420: Add error handling to |:VimwikiSearch|
|
2019-08-28 11:50:30 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #744: Fix typo in vimwiki_list_manipulation
|
2019-07-12 21:52:23 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #715: s:clean_url is compatible with vim pre 7.4.1546 (sticky type
|
|
|
|
checking)
|
2019-07-12 14:26:45 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #729: Normalize links uses relative paths in diary pages for
|
|
|
|
Markdown syntax. This previously only worked for the default syntax.
|
2019-05-24 05:47:14 +02:00
|
|
|
* Disable spell check in code and math inline/blocks.
|
2019-05-24 05:23:53 +02:00
|
|
|
* Properly handle markdown image links `![]()`
|
2019-05-24 05:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #415: Expand iabbrev entries on <CR>.
|
2019-05-09 05:30:06 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #619: allow escaped characters in markdown links.
|
2019-05-09 04:55:56 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #240: Fix regex pattern for markdown '[]()' links
|
|
|
|
* Issue #685: Error message for invalid user options fixed.
|
2019-05-04 06:25:09 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #481: Allow surrounding URLs with '<' '>'
|
2020-05-26 23:09:58 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #237: |:VimwikiRenameFile| now works for Markdown syntax
|
2019-04-21 21:05:01 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #612: GVim menu displayed duplicate names.
|
2019-04-20 17:28:32 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #456: Omnicompletion of wikilinks under Windows. Note: this should
|
|
|
|
be considered a temporary fix until #478 is closed.
|
2020-05-26 23:09:58 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #654: Fix |:VimwikiShowVersion| command.
|
2019-04-07 17:04:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* PR #634: Removed extra newlines that were inserted before/after
|
|
|
|
generated links.
|
|
|
|
* Issue #543: Allow commands related to opening index files or diary pages
|
|
|
|
to take a count, modify keymapping behavior, and fix discrepancies in
|
|
|
|
the documentation.
|
|
|
|
* Issue #539: The option |g:vimwiki_url_maxsave| now only affects raw
|
|
|
|
URLs (wiki links are excluded).
|
|
|
|
* Issue #438: Fix creation of visually selected links on diary pages.
|
|
|
|
* Issue #404: Don't conceal strikethrough character in tables.
|
|
|
|
* Issue #318: Markdown syntax bold, italic, and italic/bold are now
|
|
|
|
rendered correctly.
|
2020-05-17 18:31:32 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #835: Pressing enter on the dash of a markdown list causes an error.
|
|
|
|
* Issue #876: E684: list index out of range: 0, when creating a link containing a `.`.
|
2020-05-26 23:09:58 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #803: |:VimwikiGenerateLinks| for subdirectory only
|
2020-05-17 20:07:16 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #776: Command [count]o can't repeat in vimwiki
|
2019-04-07 17:04:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-04-20 14:01:11 +02:00
|
|
|
2.4.1 (2019-02-20)~
|
|
|
|
Fixed:
|
|
|
|
* Fix VimwikiShowVersion function.
|
|
|
|
* strikethrough `~` characters were not hidden within tables
|
|
|
|
* Update and format README.md and update screen shots
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-24 15:06:50 +01:00
|
|
|
2.4 (2019-03-24)~
|
2018-07-05 14:00:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New:~
|
|
|
|
* Add the option |g:vimwiki_text_ignore_newline|.
|
|
|
|
* |g:vimwiki_listsyms| can have fewer or more than 5 symbols.
|
|
|
|
* glx on a list item marks a checkbox as won't do, see |vimwiki_glx|.
|
|
|
|
* Add the option |g:vimwiki_listsym_rejected| to set the character used
|
|
|
|
for won't-do list items.
|
2020-06-04 18:33:12 +02:00
|
|
|
* The effect of |g:vimwiki_listsyms| and |g:vimwiki_listsym_rejected| can
|
|
|
|
be set on a per wiki level, see |vimwiki-listsyms| and
|
|
|
|
|vimwili-listsym_rejected|
|
2018-07-05 14:00:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* gln and glp change the "done" status of a checkbox, see |vimwiki_gln|.
|
|
|
|
* |:VimwikiSplitLink| and |:VimwikiVSplitLink| can now reuse an existing
|
|
|
|
split window and not move the cursor.
|
|
|
|
* Add 'aH' and 'iH' text objects, see |vimwiki-text-objects|.
|
|
|
|
* Add the keys |vimwiki_[[|, |vimwiki_]]|, |vimwiki_[=|, |vimwiki_]=| and
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki_]u| for navigating between headers.
|
|
|
|
* Add the command |:VimwikiMakeTomorrowDiaryNote|.
|
|
|
|
* |g:vimwiki_folding| has a new option 'custom'.
|
|
|
|
* Add the ':quick' option for faster folding, see |g:vimwiki_folding|.
|
|
|
|
* Add the %date placeholder, see |vimwiki-date|.
|
|
|
|
* Add the option |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html_args|.
|
|
|
|
* Add support for HTML-style comments when using markdown syntax.
|
2019-03-21 23:06:01 +01:00
|
|
|
* Made headings link to themselves in HTML output.
|
|
|
|
* Add |:VimwikiShowVersion| to check the version
|
2018-07-05 14:00:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Removed:~
|
|
|
|
* Remove the undocumented and buggy command :VimwikiReadLocalOptions
|
|
|
|
which allowed to store Vimwiki related settings in a local file.
|
|
|
|
* Remove the undocumented command :VimwikiPrintWikiState.
|
|
|
|
* For complicated reasons, Vimwiki doesn't clean up its settings anymore
|
|
|
|
if you change the filetype of a wiki buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed:~
|
|
|
|
* Make |vimwiki-option-automatic_nested_syntaxes| work also for markdown.
|
|
|
|
* Issue #236: Highlight math blocks as TeX math, not TeX.
|
|
|
|
* Issue #264: Don't overwrite mappings to i_<CR> from other plugins.
|
|
|
|
* Fix an error where <BS> sometimes didn't work under Windows.
|
|
|
|
* Issue #302: |:VimwikiDiaryGenerateLinks| had issues with markdown.
|
|
|
|
* Issue #445: Better handling of |'autowriteall'| and |'hidden'|.
|
|
|
|
* Improve 'ah' and 'ih' text objects, see |vimwiki-text-objects|.
|
|
|
|
* Allow opening of links using Powershell.
|
|
|
|
* Allow any visual mode to be used with |vimwiki_+|.
|
|
|
|
* Markdown syntax for |vimwiki-toc| is used, when appropriate.
|
|
|
|
* Wikis can now be in subfolders of other wikis.
|
|
|
|
* Issue #482: |:VimwikiMakeDiaryNote| now uses the diary of the current wiki.
|
|
|
|
* Opening the diary and wikis from the menu works correctly now.
|
|
|
|
* Issue #497: Make |:VimwikiMakeDiaryNote| work outside a wiki buffer.
|
|
|
|
* Use markdown syntax in the diary when appropriate.
|
2019-03-21 23:06:01 +01:00
|
|
|
* Improve handling of errors on opening files.
|
|
|
|
* Update links when renaming a page with |:VimwikiRenameLink|.
|
|
|
|
* Fix losing the highlighting in various situations.
|
|
|
|
* Improved link normalisation.
|
2018-07-05 14:00:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* Various other minor fixes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-31 12:10:27 +02:00
|
|
|
2.3 (2016-03-31)~
|
2016-01-21 13:27:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-05 14:00:18 +02:00
|
|
|
New:~
|
2016-01-21 13:27:43 +01:00
|
|
|
* Add |:VimwikiMakeYesterdayDiaryNote| command
|
2016-03-31 12:10:27 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #128: add option |vimwiki-option-automatic_nested_syntaxes|
|
|
|
|
* Issue #192: Sort links in the list generated by |:VimwikiGenerateTags|
|
2016-01-21 13:27:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-05 14:00:18 +02:00
|
|
|
Fixed:~
|
2016-01-21 13:27:43 +01:00
|
|
|
* Issue #176: Fix issue when the wiki path contains spaces
|
|
|
|
* Also look for tags in wiki files in subdirectories
|
|
|
|
* Locate the .tags file correctly on Windows
|
2016-03-31 12:10:27 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue #183: Fix HTML conversion of headers containing links
|
|
|
|
* Issue #64: create correct Markdown links when pressing CR on a word
|
|
|
|
* Issue #191: ignore headers inside preformatted text when creating the TOC
|
|
|
|
* Create the standard CSS file also if only one file is converted to HTML
|
|
|
|
* Fix #188: |vimwiki_+| on a raw url surrounds it with brackets
|
|
|
|
* various minor fixes
|
2016-01-21 13:27:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-10 16:19:26 +01:00
|
|
|
2.2.1 (2015-12-10)~
|
2015-12-07 12:27:32 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Removed:~
|
|
|
|
* Removed the option g:vimwiki_debug, which probably nobody used. If you
|
|
|
|
want it back, file an issue at Github.
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-10 16:07:36 +01:00
|
|
|
Fixed:~
|
2016-01-21 13:27:43 +01:00
|
|
|
* Issue #175: Don't do random things when the user has remapped the z key
|
2020-05-24 23:49:10 +02:00
|
|
|
* Don't ask for confirmation when following a URL in MacOS
|
2015-12-10 16:19:26 +01:00
|
|
|
* Always jump to the first occurrence of a tag in a file
|
|
|
|
* Don't move the cursor when updating the TOC
|
|
|
|
* Fix some issues with the TOC when folding is enabled
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-07 12:27:32 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-12-10 16:19:26 +01:00
|
|
|
2.2 (2015-11-25)~
|
2014-02-04 10:34:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
New:~
|
2014-02-18 14:47:42 +01:00
|
|
|
* Support for anchors, see |vimwiki-anchors|
|
|
|
|
* in this context, add support for TOC, see |vimwiki-toc|
|
|
|
|
* add omni completion of wiki links (files and anchors)
|
|
|
|
* new local option |vimwiki-option-auto_toc|
|
|
|
|
* new global option |g:vimwiki_toc_header|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
* Support for tags, see |vimwiki-syntax-tags|
|
2014-02-04 10:34:19 +01:00
|
|
|
* List editing capabilities, see |vimwiki-lists|:
|
|
|
|
* support for auto incrementing numbered lists
|
|
|
|
* more key maps for list manipulation, see |vimwiki-list-manipulation|
|
|
|
|
* improved automatic adjustment of checkboxes
|
|
|
|
* text objects for list items, see |vimwiki-text-objects|
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
* New command |:VimwikiCheckLinks| to check for broken links
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
* New global option |g:vimwiki_auto_chdir|
|
|
|
|
* New global option |g:vimwiki_map_prefix|
|
|
|
|
* Support for wiki links absolute to the wiki root
|
|
|
|
* Added the |VimwikiLinkConverter| function
|
|
|
|
* Issue #24: Basic support for remote directories via netrw
|
|
|
|
* Issue #50: in HTML, tables can now be embedded in lists
|
|
|
|
* When converting to HTML, show a message with the output directory
|
2016-03-19 19:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
* Add auto completion for |:VimwikiGoto|
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
* Add Chinese Readme file
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changed:~
|
2015-11-30 13:13:06 +01:00
|
|
|
* Wiki files must not contain # anymore, because # is used to separate the
|
|
|
|
file from an anchor in a link.
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
* replace the function vimwiki#base#resolve_scheme() by
|
|
|
|
vimwiki#base#resolve_link() (relevant if you have a custom
|
|
|
|
|VimwikiLinkHandler| which used this function)
|
|
|
|
* The semantic of "file:" and "local:" links changed slightly, see
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki-syntax-links| for what they mean now
|
|
|
|
* The meaning of a link like [[/some/directory/]] changed. It used to be
|
|
|
|
a link to the actual directory /some/directory/, now it's relative to
|
|
|
|
the root of the current wiki. Use [[file:/some/directory/]] for the old
|
|
|
|
behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Removed:~
|
2015-11-25 10:43:26 +01:00
|
|
|
* the %toc placeholder is now useless, use |vimwiki-toc| instead
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
* the global option g:vimwiki_auto_checkbox is now useless and removed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed:~
|
2014-02-04 10:34:19 +01:00
|
|
|
* Issue 415: Disable folding if g:vimwiki_folding is set to ''
|
|
|
|
* Fix slowdown in Vim 7.4
|
|
|
|
* Issue #12: Separate diaries from different wikis
|
|
|
|
* Issue #13: Fix :VimwikiRenameLink on links containing a dot
|
|
|
|
* Always jump to previous link on <S-Tab>, not to beginning of link
|
|
|
|
* Issue #27: Fix <CR> on a visual selection sometimes not working
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
* |VimwikiBackLinks| now recognizes much more valid links
|
|
|
|
* Issue 424: make external links with #, % work under Linux
|
|
|
|
* Issue #39: don't htmlize stuff inside pre tags
|
|
|
|
* Issue #44: faster formatting of large tables
|
|
|
|
* Issue #52: Recognize markdown links when renaming wiki file
|
|
|
|
* Issue #54: Disable 'shellslash' on Windows to avoid problems
|
|
|
|
* Issue #81: Don't get stuck when converting a read-only file
|
|
|
|
* Issue #66: Better normalizing of links in diary
|
|
|
|
* Fix the menu in GVim, which was sometimes not shown correctly
|
|
|
|
* |VimwikiGenerateLinks| now also generates links for subdirectories
|
|
|
|
* Issue #93: Don't process placeholders inside preformatted text
|
|
|
|
* Issue #102: Add default values to some options like the doc says
|
|
|
|
* Issue #144: Fix bug with folds shortening on multibyte characters
|
|
|
|
* Issue #158: Detect the OS correctly
|
|
|
|
* |VimwikiGenerateLinks| now replaces a potentially existing old list
|
|
|
|
* Fix uneven indentation of list items with checkboxes in HTML
|
2014-02-04 10:34:19 +01:00
|
|
|
* Various small fixes
|
2015-11-22 20:30:38 +01:00
|
|
|
* Corrected website links in documentation. code.google is dead, long live
|
|
|
|
Github!
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
2.1~
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Concealing of links can be turned off - set |g:vimwiki_url_maxsave| to 0.
|
|
|
|
The option g:vimwiki_url_mingain was removed
|
|
|
|
* |g:vimwiki_folding| also accepts value 'list'; with 'expr' both sections
|
|
|
|
and code blocks folded, g:vimwiki_fold_lists option was removed
|
|
|
|
* Issue 261: Syntax folding is back. |g:vimwiki_folding| values are
|
|
|
|
changed to '', 'expr', 'syntax'.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 372: Ignore case in g:vimwiki_valid_html_tags
|
|
|
|
* Issue 374: Make autowriteall local to vimwiki. It is not 100% local
|
|
|
|
though.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 384: Custom_wiki2html script now receives templating arguments
|
|
|
|
* Issue 393: Custom_wiki2html script path can contain tilde character
|
|
|
|
* Issue 392: Custom_wiki2html arguments are quoted, e.g names with spaces
|
|
|
|
* Various small bug fixes.
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
2.0.1 'stu'~
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Follow (i.e. open target of) markdown reference-style links.
|
|
|
|
* Bug fixes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
2.0 'stu'~
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This release is partly incompatible with previous.
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Summary ~
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Quick page-link creation.
|
|
|
|
* Redesign of link syntaxes (!)
|
|
|
|
* No more CamelCase links. Check the ways to convert them
|
|
|
|
https://groups.google.com/forum/?fromgroups#!topic/vimwiki/NdS9OBG2dys
|
|
|
|
* No more [[link][desc]] links.
|
|
|
|
* No more [http://link description] links.
|
|
|
|
* No more plain image links. Use transclusions.
|
|
|
|
* No more image links identified by extension. Use transclusions.
|
2015-11-20 13:51:19 +01:00
|
|
|
* Interwiki links
|
|
|
|
* More link schemes
|
|
|
|
* Transclusions
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
* Normalize link command. See |vimwiki_+|.
|
|
|
|
* Improved diary organization and generation. See |vimwiki-diary|.
|
|
|
|
* List manipulation. See |vimwiki-list-manipulation|.
|
|
|
|
* Markdown support.
|
|
|
|
* Mathjax support. See |vimwiki-syntax-math|.
|
|
|
|
* Improved handling of special characters and punctuation in filenames and
|
|
|
|
urls.
|
|
|
|
* Back links command: list links referring to the current page.
|
|
|
|
* Highlighting nonexisted links are off by default.
|
|
|
|
* Table syntax change. Row separator uses | instead of +.
|
|
|
|
* Fold multilined list items.
|
|
|
|
* Custom wiki to HTML converters. See |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html|.
|
2013-04-19 05:46:58 +02:00
|
|
|
* Conceal long weblinks. See g:vimwiki_url_mingain.
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
* Option to disable table mappings. See |g:vimwiki_table_mappings|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For detailed information see issues list on
|
|
|
|
http://code.google.com/p/vimwiki/issues/list
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
1.2~
|
|
|
|
* Issue 70: Table spanning cell support.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 72: Do not convert again for unchanged file. |:VimwikiAll2HTML|
|
|
|
|
converts only changed wiki files.
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
* Issue 117: |:VimwikiDiaryIndex| command that opens diary index wiki page.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue 120: Links in headers are not highlighted in vimwiki but are
|
|
|
|
highlighted in HTML.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 138: Added possibility to remap table-column move bindings. See
|
|
|
|
|:VimwikiTableMoveColumnLeft| and |:VimwikiTableMoveColumnRight|
|
|
|
|
commands. For remap instructions see |vimwiki_<A-Left>|
|
|
|
|
and |vimwiki_<A-Right>|.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 125: Problem with 'o' command given while at the of the file.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 131: FileType is not set up when GUIEnter autocommand is used in
|
|
|
|
vimrc. Use 'nested' in 'au GUIEnter * nested VimwikiIndex'
|
|
|
|
* Issue 132: Link to perl (or any non-wiki) file in vimwiki subdirectory
|
|
|
|
doesn't work as intended.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 135: %title and %toc used together cause TOC to appear in an
|
|
|
|
unexpected place in HTML.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 139: |:VimwikiTabnewLink| command is added.
|
|
|
|
* Fix of g:vimwiki_stripsym = '' (i.e. an empty string) -- it removes bad
|
|
|
|
symbols from filenames.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 145: With modeline 'set ft=vimwiki' links are not correctly
|
2014-01-06 14:16:37 +01:00
|
|
|
highlighted when open wiki files.
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
* Issue 146: Filetype difficulty with ".txt" as a vimwiki extension.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 148: There are no mailto links.
|
2019-12-15 05:08:32 +01:00
|
|
|
* Issue 151: Use location list instead of quickfix list for |:VimwikiSearch|
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
command result. Use :lopen instead of :copen, :lnext instead of :cnext
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 152: Add the list of HTML files that would not be deleted after
|
|
|
|
|:VimwikiAll2HTML|.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 153: Delete HTML files that has no corresponding wiki ones with
|
|
|
|
|:VimwikiAll2HTML|.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 156: Add multiple HTML templates. See
|
|
|
|
|vimwiki-option-template_path|. Options html_header and html_footer are
|
|
|
|
no longer exist.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 173: When virtualedit=all option is enabled the 'o' command behave
|
|
|
|
strange.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 178: Problem with alike wikie's paths.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 182: Browser command does not quote url.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 183: Spelling error highlighting is not possible with nested
|
|
|
|
syntaxes.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 184: Wrong foldlevel in some cases.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 195: Page renaming issue.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 196: vim: modeline bug -- syn=vim doesn't work.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 199: Generated HTML for sublists is invalid.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 200: Generated HTML for todo lists does not show completion status
|
|
|
|
the fix relies on CSS, thus your old stylesheets need to be updated!;
|
|
|
|
may not work in obsolete browsers or font-deficient systems.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 205: Block code: highlighting differs from processing. Inline code
|
|
|
|
block {{{ ... }}} is removed. Use `...` instead.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 208: Default highlight colors are problematic in many
|
|
|
|
colorschemes. Headers are highlighted as |hl-Title| by default, use
|
|
|
|
|g:vimwiki_hl_headers| to restore previous default Red, Green, Blue or
|
|
|
|
custom header colors. Some other changes in highlighting.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 209: Wild comments slow down html generation. Comments are
|
|
|
|
changed, use %% to comment out entire line.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 210: HTML: para enclose header.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 214: External links containing Chinese characters get trimmed.
|
|
|
|
* Issue 218: Command to generate HTML file and open it in webbrowser. See
|
2019-01-29 19:45:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|:Vimwiki2HTMLBrowse|(bind to <Leader>whh)
|
2011-06-11 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
* NEW: Added <Leader>wh mapping to call |:Vimwiki2HTML|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-07 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39 releases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1~
|
|
|
|
* First public version.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
==============================================================================
|
2018-05-15 21:26:05 +02:00
|
|
|
17. License *vimwiki-license*
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-02-17 21:30:01 +01:00
|
|
|
The MIT License
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-12 02:00:00 +02:00
|
|
|
Copyright (c) 2008-2010 Maxim Kim
|
2018-02-17 21:30:01 +01:00
|
|
|
2013-2017 Daniel Schemala
|
2010-01-20 01:00:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
|
|
|
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
|
|
|
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
|
|
|
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
|
|
|
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
|
|
|
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
|
|
|
|
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
|
|
|
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
|
|
|
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
|
|
|
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
|
|
|
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
|
|
|
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
|
|
|
|
THE SOFTWARE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help
|